RAM 3500 2024 Owner's Manual

page of 708

/ 708
Contents
Table of Contents
Bookmarks

Table of Contents

Quick Links

OW N E R ' S M A N UA L

2024 RAM 2500/3500

Table of Contents

Need help?

Do you have a question about the 3500 2024 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Summary of Contents for RAM 3500 2024

Page 1 OW N E R ’ S M A N UA L 2024 RAM 2500/3500...
Page 2 V e h i c l e i m a g e s a r e f o r i l l u s t r a t i o n p u r p o s e s o n l y . A c t u a l p r o d u c t s s o l d m a y v a r y .
Page 3: Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ................7 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE.
Page 4 INTRODUCTION Keyless Enter ‘n Go™ — Passive Entry Illuminated Vanity Mirror — If Equipped ..37 (If Equipped) ....23 Outside Mirrors .
Page 5 HOOD ......65 Cargo Lights/Trailer Spotter Lights/Trailer Hitch Oil Life Reset ....87 To Open The Hood .
Page 6 PARKING BRAKE ....104 LIMITED-SLIP DIFFERENTIAL ... . 122 SURROUND VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM — IF EQUIPPED .
Page 7 Operating Tips ....169 SAFETY Jack Location ....251 General Maintenance .
Page 8 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE ....267 BODYWORK..... . . 299 CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE Engine Oil .
Page 9: Introduction
FCA aims at a constant improvement of the vehicles produced. For this reason, it reserves the right to make changes to the model described for technical and/or commercial reasons. For further information, contact an authorized dealer. When it comes to service, remember that authorized dealers know your Ram best, have factory-trained technicians, genuine Mopar® parts, and care about your satisfaction.
Page 10: Important Notice
INTRODUCTION IMPORTANT NOTICE FCA reserves the right to make changes in design and specifications, and/or to make additions to or improvements in its products without imposing any obligations upon itself to install them on products previously manufactured. ALL MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS PUBLICATION IS BASED ON THE LATEST INFORMA- TION AVAILABLE AT THE TIME OF PUBLICATION APPROVAL.
Page 11: Van Conversions/Campers
INTRODUCTION VAN CONVERSIONS/CAMPERS Red Warning Lights The New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not apply to body modifications or special Battery Charge Warning Light equipment installed by van conversion/camper manufacturers/body builders. Such page 93 equipment includes video monitors, DVD/Blu-Ray™, heaters, stoves, refrigerators, etc. For warranty coverage and service on these items, contact the applicable manufacturer.
Page 12 INTRODUCTION Red Warning Lights Red Warning Lights Oil Pressure Warning Light Transmission Temperature Warning Light page 94 page 94 Vehicle Security Warning Light Oil Temperature Warning Light page 94 page 94 Yellow Warning Lights Seat Belt Reminder Warning Light page 94 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Fault Warning Light page 94 Speed Warning Light...
Page 13 INTRODUCTION Yellow Warning Lights Yellow Warning Lights Engine Check/Malfunction Indicator Warning Light (MIL) Low Coolant Level Warning Light page 95 page 95 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Active Warning Light Loose Fuel Filler Cap Warning Light page 95 page 95 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Warning Light Rear Axle Locker Fault Warning Light page 95 page 96...
Page 14 INTRODUCTION Yellow Warning Lights Yellow Indicator Lights Sway Bar Fault Warning Light Air Suspension Ride Height Lowering Indicator Light page 96 page 97 Cargo Indicator Light Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Warning Light page 96 page 97 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) or Pedestrian Emergency Braking Yellow Indicator Lights (PEB) Off Indicator Light page 98...
Page 15 INTRODUCTION Yellow Indicator Lights Yellow Indicator Lights 4WD High Indicator Light TOW/HAUL Indicator Light page 98 page 98 NEUTRAL Indicator Light Trailer Merge Assist Indicator Light page 98 page 98 Green Indicator Lights Rear Axle Lock Indicator Light page 98 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Set With Target Indicator Light page 98 Rear Fog Indicator Light...
Page 16 INTRODUCTION Green Indicator Lights White Indicator Lights Front Fog Indicator Light Hill Descent Control (HDC) Indicator Light page 99 page 99 LaneSense Indicator Light Parking/Headlights On Indicator Light page 99 page 99 Blue Indicator Lights LaneSense Indicator Light page 99 High Beam Indicator Light page 99 Turn Signal Indicator Lights...
Page 17: Getting To Know Your Vehicle
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: KEYS A low key fob battery condition may be indicated by a message in the instrument cluster display, or by the KEY FOB LED light on the key fob. If the LED key fob light no lon- ger illuminates from key fob button pushes, then the Your vehicle is equipped with a key fob which supports key fob battery requires replacement.
Page 18 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: • The interior lights will turn off if you place the igni- tion in the ON/RUN position while the Panic feature is activated. However, the exterior lights and horn (if equipped with horn alarm) will remain on. •...
Page 19: Sentry Key
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: 6. To assemble the key fob case, line up the top edge SENTRY KEY of the back cover with the top of the fob, and press • Once a key fob is programmed to a vehicle, it cannot the edges into the interlocking hinges until all edges The Sentry Key Immobilizer system prevents unauthor- be repurposed and reprogrammed to another...
Page 20: Ignition Switch
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE All of the key fobs provided with your new vehicle have The push button ignition can be placed in the following been programmed to the vehicle electronics. modes: NOTE: • The engine is stopped A key fob that has not been programmed is also consid- •...
Page 21: Remote Start - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: • The parking lights will turn on and remain on during CAUTION! Remote Start mode. Obstructions between the vehicle and key fob may reduce this range. • An unlocked vehicle is an invitation for thieves. For security, power window and power sunroof Always remove key fob from the vehicle and lock all operation (if equipped) are disabled when the...
Page 22: To Exit Remote Start Mode
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Manual Temperature Control (MTC) — If Equipped REMOTE START FRONT DEFROST WARNING! • In ambient temperatures of 40°F (4.5°C) or below, ACTIVATION — IF EQUIPPED • Keep key fobs away from children. Operation of the the climate settings will default to maximum heat, Remote Start system, windows, door locks or other When Remote Start is active, and the outside ambient...
Page 23: Remote Start Abort Message
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • REMOTE START ABORT MESSAGE TO ARM THE SYSTEM The Vehicle Security system remains armed when the power tailgate (if equipped) is opened using the One of the following messages will display in the instru- Follow these steps to arm the Vehicle Security system: tailgate button on the key fob.
Page 24: Security System Manual Override
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM MANUAL POWER DOOR LOCKS — WARNING! OVERRIDE IF EQUIPPED • Do not leave children or animals inside parked The Vehicle Security system will not arm if you lock the The power door lock switches are located on each front vehicles in hot weather.
Page 25: Power Side Steps - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: • POWER SIDE STEPS — IF EQUIPPED If wearing gloves, if it has been raining/snowing, or if there is salt/dirt covering the Passive Entry door • The Power Side Steps will extend a step for easier entry Either the driver door only or all doors will unlock handle, the unlock sensitivity can be affected, when you grab hold of the front driver’s door handle,...
Page 26: If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: AUTOMATIC UNLOCK DOORS ON The vehicle will only unlock the doors when a valid Pas- EXIT — IF EQUIPPED sive Entry key fob is detected inside the vehicle. The vehicle will not unlock the doors when any of the follow- The doors will unlock automatically on vehicles with ing conditions are true: power door locks after the following sequence of...
Page 27: Steering Wheel
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: WARNING! Always use this device when carrying children. After engaging the child lock on both rear doors, check for Do not adjust the steering column while driving. effective engagement by trying to open a door with the Adjusting the steering column while driving or driving internal handle.
Page 28: Uconnect Voice Recognition - If Equipped
VR or Phone button, wait until after the beep, then say your Voice Command. You can also say the vehicle “Wake Up” word and state your command. Some examples of “Wake Up” words include “Hey Uconnect” or “Hey Ram”.
Page 29: Driver Memory Settings - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE DRIVER MEMORY SETTINGS — Linking And Unlinking The Remote IF EQUIPPED Keyless Entry Key Fob To Memory This feature allows the driver to save up to two different Your key fob can be programmed to recall one of two memory profiles for easy recall through a memory saved memory profiles.
Page 30: Memory Position Recall
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Memory Position Recall Linking And Unlinking The Remote Memory Position Recall Keyless Entry Key Fob To Memory NOTE: NOTE: If a recall is attempted when the vehicle is not in PARK, If a recall is attempted when the vehicle is not in PARK, Your key fob can be programmed to recall one of two a message will display in the instrument cluster display.
Page 31: Manual Adjustment Front Seats - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE MANUAL ADJUSTMENT FRONT WARNING! WARNING! SEATS — IF EQUIPPED • • Seats should be adjusted before fastening the seat To avoid injury, place your hand on the seatback belts and while the vehicle is parked. Serious and actuate the handle, then position the seat- Manual Front Seat Forward/Rearward injury or death could result from a poorly adjusted...
Page 32: Power Adjustment Front Seats - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Adjusting The Seat Up Or Down To lower the seatback, pull upward on the recline lever POWER ADJUSTMENT FRONT located on the outboard side of the seat, and let the SEATS — IF EQUIPPED The height of the seats can be adjusted up or down by seatback fold forward automatically.
Page 33: Power Lumbar - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE The distance the driver’s seat moves depends on where CAUTION! WARNING! you have the driver’s seat positioned when you place the ignition in the OFF position. • Do not place any article under a power seat or Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin •...
Page 34: Ventilated Seats - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: VENTILATED SEATS — IF EQUIPPED HEAD RESTRAINTS • The engine must be running for the heated seats to Head restraints are designed to reduce the risk of injury Front Ventilated Seats operate. by restricting head movement in the event of a rear impact.
Page 35: Front Head Restraint Removal
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Front Head Restraint Removal To adjust the head restraint forward, pull the top of the head restraint toward the front of the vehicle as desired Two-Way Head Restraints — If Equipped and release. To adjust the head restraint rearward, pull To remove the head restraint, push the adjustment but- the top of the head restraint to the forward most posi- ton and the release button while pulling upward on the...
Page 36: Rear Head Restraint Removal
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE The pedals cannot be adjusted when the vehicle is in WARNING! REVERSE or when the Cruise Control system is on. If there is an attempt to adjust the pedals when the sys- • A loose head restraint thrown forward in a collision tem is locked out, one of the following messages will or hard stop could cause serious injury or death to appear (on vehicles equipped with an instrument clus-...
Page 37: Mirrors
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: MIRRORS To activate the Digital Rearview Mirror, pull the on/off control lever on the bottom of the mirror rearward The Automatic Dimming Mirror feature is disabled when toward the driver. the vehicle is in REVERSE to improve the driver’s rear INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR view.
Page 38 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: Rearview Camera (Back Of Vehicle) View Switching In Progress The Digital Rearview Mirror is not as effective during This is the default view of the Digital Rearview Camera. This indication will appear when camera nighttime driving in low light applications due to low It displays a wide screen view of the back of the vehicle.
Page 39: Illuminated Vanity Mirror - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Trailer Tow Telescoping Mirrors ILLUMINATED VANITY MIRROR — IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with manual or power trailer telescoping mirrors. These mirrors are designed To access an illuminated vanity mirror, flip down one of with an adjustable mirror head that can be extended the visors and lift the cover.
Page 40: Outside Mirrors Folding Feature
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Outside Mirrors With Turn Signal And NOTE: Approach Lighting — If Equipped Return the trailer towing mirrors to normal driving posi- tion or fold the mirrors prior to entering an automated Driver and passenger outside mirrors with turn signal car wash.
Page 41: Power Mirrors - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE POWER MIRRORS — IF EQUIPPED The controls for the power mirrors are located on the driver's door trim panel. Power Mirror Movement Power Folding Mirror Switch Resetting The Power Folding Outside Mirrors POWER FOLDING OUTSIDE You may need to reset the power folding mirrors if the MIRRORS —...
Page 42: Automatic Power Folding Mirrors
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE AUTOMATIC POWER FOLDING TILT SIDE MIRRORS IN REVERSE — To adjust the convex portion of the outside mirrors, push the Power Convex Mirror Switch. Then, select the MIRRORS — IF EQUIPPED IF EQUIPPED mirror you want to adjust by using the L (left) or R (right) buttons.
Page 43: Forward Utility Lights And Rear Guidance
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE FORWARD UTILITY LIGHTS AND The rear guidance lights will also illuminate when the cargo light switch is pressed on the headlight switch REAR GUIDANCE LIGHTS — panel. This feature is programmable through the IF EQUIPPED Uconnect system page 174 HEATED MIRRORS —...
Page 44: Multifunction Lever
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRLS) — IF EQUIPPED • The Automatic High Beam Headlamp Control can be turned on or off by selecting “ON” under “Auto Dim The Daytime Running Lights (DRLs) come on whenever High Beams”...
Page 45: Automatic Headlights - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS — PARKING LIGHTS AND PANEL LIGHTS HEADLIGHT DELAY To assist when exiting the vehicle, the headlight delay IF EQUIPPED To turn on the parking lights and instrument panel feature will leave the headlights on for up to 90 sec- lights, rotate the headlight switch clockwise.
Page 46: Turn Signals
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Front Fog Lights — If Equipped LANE CHANGE ASSIST — When the vehicle is stationary, these lights can also be turned on using the switch located just inside the To activate the front fog lights (if vehicle not equipped IF EQUIPPED pickup box, on the lower part of the bed light lens.
Page 47: Battery Saver
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE BATTERY SAVER INTERIOR LIGHTS Timers are set to both the interior and exterior lights to protect the life of your vehicle’s battery. COURTESY LIGHTS If the ignition is in the OFF position, the interior lights The courtesy, dome, cargo, and bed lights are turned on will automatically turn off when: when any door is opened.
Page 48: Dimmer Controls
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: Dimming Of The Uconnect Touchscreen The illuminated entry system will not operate if the Dome Defeat button on the overhead console is The rear courtesy/reading lights will remain on until the The brightness of the Uconnect touchscreen can be pushed.
Page 49: Windshield Wiper Operation
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WINDSHIELD WIPER OPERATION Positions 1 and 2 can be used if the driver desires less WARNING! wiper sensitivity. Positions 4 and 5 can be used if the Intermittent Wipers driver desires more sensitivity. Place the wiper switch in Sudden loss of visibility through the windshield could The intermittent feature of this system was designed for the O (off) position when not using the system.
Page 50: Climate Controls
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE A/C Button RUN position, Rain Sensing wiper operation can resume, if it has been selected, and no other inhibit Press and release this button on the touch- conditions (mentioned previously) exist. screen, or push the button on the faceplate to change the current setting.
Page 51 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Auto Button Rear Defrost Button Push the blue button (or rotate knob if equipped) on the faceplate or touchscreen, Set your desired temperature and press Press and release the Rear Defrost button or press and slide the temperature bar AUTO.
Page 52: Manual Climate Control Descriptions And Functions
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Panel Mode Climate Control OFF Button Faceplate The blower speed increases as you turn the blower con- Air comes from the outlets in the instrument Press and release the OFF button on the trol knob clockwise from the lowest blower setting. The panel.
Page 53 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE A/C Button Front Defrost Setting Temperature Control Push the A/C button to engage the Air Condi- Turn the mode control knob to the Front Temperature Control regulates the temperature of the tioning (A/C). The A/C indicator illuminates Defrost mode setting.
Page 54: Automatic Temperature Control (Atc)
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Panel Mode Manual Operation Override AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC) Air comes from the outlets in the instrument This system offers a full complement of manual over- panel. Each of these outlets can be individu- ride features. The AUTO symbol in the front ATC display Automatic Operation ally adjusted to direct the flow of air.
Page 55: Interior Storage And Equipment
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Winter Operation Operating Tips Chart INTERIOR STORAGE AND EQUIPMENT To ensure the best possible heater and defroster perfor- mance, make sure the engine cooling system is func- WEATHER CONTROL SETTINGS STORAGE tioning properly and the proper amount, type, and con- Set the mode control to centration of coolant is used.
Page 56: Door Storage
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! WARNING! • Do not operate this vehicle with a glove compartment This armrest is not a seat. Anyone seated on the in the open position. Driving with the glove compart- armrest could be seriously injured during vehicle ment open may result in injury in a collision.
Page 57: Front Bench Seat Storage - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Front Bench Seat Storage — If Equipped Push the release button at the front of the cupholder bin to slide tray rearward to access the front lower stor- If your vehicle is equipped with a front bench seat, stor- age bin, or forward to access the rear lower storage bin.
Page 58: Second Row In-Floor Storage Bin - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Second Row In-Floor Storage Bin — Fold Flat Load Floor — If Equipped If Equipped Crew Cab models with a 60/40 rear seat may be equipped with a folding load floor. In-floor storage bins are located in front of the second row seats and can be used for extra storage.
Page 59: Usb/Aux Control
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Below Rear Seat Storage (Crew Cab) — Positioning The Load Floor For Storage Access Under 2. Unfold both the legs using the straps. The Seat If Equipped 1. Lift the 60/40 seat cushion(s) to the upward The Crew Cab models provide additional storage under position.
Page 60 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: NOTE: Two devices can be plugged in at the same time, and Charge unsupported devices with the Charge Only USB both ports will provide charging capabilities. Only one ports. If an unsupported device is plugged into a Media port can transfer data to the system at a time.
Page 61: Electrical Power Outlets
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Power Outlet Fuse Locations: A key symbol indicates that the key must be in the ON/RUN or ACC position for the outlet to provide power. • F104 Fuse 20 A Yellow UCI Port/ USB Rear Center The battery symbol indicates that the outlet is con- Console nected to the battery, and can provide power at all...
Page 62: Power Inverter - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE If equipped with a front bench seat, the inverter is CAUTION! located to the right of the center stack, just below the • climate controls. Accessories that draw higher power (i.e., coolers, vacuum cleaners, lights, etc.), will discharge the battery even more quickly.
Page 63: Wireless Charging Pad - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE The Instrument Panel Power Inverter switch is only Your mobile phone must be designed for Qi® wireless WARNING! found on vehicles equipped with an exterior power charging. If the phone is not equipped with Qi® wireless inverter.
Page 64: Windows
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Important Notes Regarding This Vehicle’s Wireless • Having multiple applications open on the phone WINDOWS Charging Pad: while charging will reduce the charging efficiency, and may even shut down an application that is • The presence of the Near-Field Communication POWER WINDOWS actively running (i.e.
Page 65: Automatic Window Features
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: WARNING! Any impact due to rough road conditions may trigger the auto-reverse function unexpectedly during auto-closure. Never leave children unattended in a vehicle. Do not If this happens, pull the switch lightly and hold to close leave the key fob in or near the vehicle or in a loca- the window manually.
Page 66: Manual Sliding Rear Window - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE MANUAL SLIDING REAR WINDOW — WARNING! IF EQUIPPED • Do not allow small children to operate the sunroof. Never allow your fingers, other body parts, or any A locking device in the center of the window helps to object, to project through the sunroof opening.
Page 67: Sunroof Maintenance
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Sunroof Maintenance Express Venting Sunroof 2. Reach into the opening beneath the center of the hood and push the safety latch lever to the left to To vent open the sunroof, push TILT on the vent switch Use only a non-abrasive cleaner and a soft cloth to release it, before raising the hood.
Page 68: Tailgate
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE If equipped, a button on the center overhead console WARNING! inside the vehicle can be used to release the tailgate. An indicator light may also signal when the tailgate is Be sure the hood is fully latched before driving your open.
Page 69: Disconnecting The Rear Camera And Remote Keyless Entry
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Disconnecting The Rear Camera And 3. Disconnect the chassis wiring harness, ensuring the Remote Keyless Entry connector bracket does not fall into the sill. 1. Open the tailgate to access the rear camera or Remote Keyless Entry connector bracket located on the rear sill.
Page 70: Bed Step - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 6. Tape the tailgate harness and bracket against the forward-facing surface of the tailgate. This will pre- vent damaging the connector and bracket when storing or reinstalling the tailgate. Bed Step Components Bed Step (Extended) To stow the bed step back under the tailgate, push the 1 —...
Page 71: Pickup Box
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE PICKUP BOX CARGO CAMERA — IF EQUIPPED WARNING! Your vehicle may be equipped with the Cargo Camera • The pickup box has many features designed for utility The pickup box is intended for load carrying pur- that allows you to see an image of the inside of the and convenience.
Page 72: Bed Rail Tie-Down System - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: Activation • The touchscreen X button to disable the display of the camera image is made available ONLY when the This feature is only available for vehicles equipped with The Dynamic Centerline feature can be activated vehicle is not in reverse.
Page 73: Rambox - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Cleat Removal (Without Tonneau Cover) RAMBOX — IF EQUIPPED Remove the end cap by pushing upward on the release button located beneath the end cap while pulling the The RamBox system is an integrated pickup box storage cap away from the rail.
Page 74: Rambox Cargo Storage Bins
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: RAMBOX CARGO STORAGE BINS The RamBox will not open when the button is pushed if Cargo storage bins are located on both sides of the the RamBox is locked. pickup box. The cargo storage bins provide watertight, lockable, illuminated storage for up to 300 lb (136 kg) of evenly distributed cargo.
Page 75: Rambox Safety Warning
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE RamBox Emergency Release Lever NOTE: Provisions are provided in the bins for cargo dividers As a security measure, an Emergency Release Lever is and shelf supports. These accessories (in addition to built into the storage bin cover latching mechanism. other RamBox accessories) are available from Mopar®.
Page 76: Storage Position
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Storage Position To install the bed divider into a divider position, perform 2. With the side gates open, position the divider so the the following: outboard ends align with the intended slots in the The storage position for the bed divider is at the front of sides of the bed.
Page 77: Tri-Fold Tonneau Cover - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE TRI-FOLD TONNEAU COVER — 2. Pull both clamp handles down to release the Ton- CAUTION! neau Cover’s rear panel. IF EQUIPPED Make sure the Tonneau Cover clamp and clamp wire are in the proper stowed position. If the clamp and clamp wire are not properly stowed, damage to the The Tri-Fold Tonneau Cover can be installed on the Tonneau Cover material will result.
Page 78 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 5. Fold the rear and center panels up onto the front panel (Tri-Folded Position). Correct Folding — Hold Panels Together Stowage Strap NOTE: 7. Once in the Tri-Folded Position, pull both front clamp Tri-Folded Position ○...
Page 79: Tri-Fold Tonneau Cover Installation
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Stowed Position Location Of Front Latches Semi Clamped Position 9. Utilizing two people, remove the Tonneau Cover. 2. Pull down on the first set of clamp handles to 4. Push clamp handles upward to the clamped position release the clamps from the Stowed Position.
Page 80 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 7. Completely unfold the Tonneau Cover. Improper Clamp Position Incorrect Folding — Will Cause Damage Fully Unfolded Position 5. Disengage the stowage straps. 8. Pull the rear clamp handles down into the Released 6. Unfold the center and rear panels to the Intermedi- Position.
Page 81: Tri-Fold Tonneau Cover Cleaning
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE 9. Push clamp wires up and under the flange of box (or WARNING! flange of RamBox rail, if equipped) to the Semi Clamped Position. You must ensure the Tonneau Cover is properly installed on the vehicle before driving. An unsecured Tonneau Cover can fly off of the vehicle while in motion, resulting in a collision, personal injury, and death.
Page 82: Getting To Know Your Instrument Panel
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL MIDLINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER...
Page 83: Midline Instrument Cluster Descriptions
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL MIDLINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 6. Temperature Gauge 7. Fuel Gauge ○ ○ The gauge pointer shows engine coolant tem- The pointer shows the level of fuel in the fuel DESCRIPTIONS perature. The pointer positioned within the nor- tank when the ignition is in the ON/RUN mal range indicates that the engine cooling sys- position.
Page 84: Highline Instrument Cluster
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL HIGHLINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER...
Page 85: Highline Instrument Cluster Descriptions
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL HIGHLINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WARNING! DESCRIPTIONS A hot engine cooling system is dangerous. You or oth- ers could be badly burned by steam or boiling cool- 1. Tachometer ant. It is recommended to call an authorized dealer ○...
Page 86: Premium Instrument Cluster
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL PREMIUM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Holding the OK button on the Instrument Cluster Display controls located on the steering wheel will allow you to change your display from Digital to Analog.
Page 87: Instrument Cluster Display Location And Controls
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL PREMIUM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 2. Speedometer Using a driver interactive display located on the instru- ○ ment panel, your instrument cluster display can show Indicates vehicle speed. DESCRIPTIONS you how systems are working and give you warnings NOTE: when they are not.
Page 88 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL • Upon returning to a main menu, the last submenu screen viewed within that main menu will be displayed. OK Button: For Digital Speedometer: Pushing the OK button changes units (mph or km/h). • Menu Button •...
Page 89: Oil Life Reset
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Custom Tile Configuration — If Equipped Vehicle Info Oil Life Reset Procedure • ○ Coolant Temp 1. Without pushing the brake pedal, push the ENGINE ○ To customize the instrument cluster further, you are Trans Temp START/STOP button and place the ignition to the able to select up to five tiles to display information...
Page 90: Display Menu Items
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL MIDLINE OR HIGHLINE CLUSTER Adaptive Cruise Control Ready DISPLAY MENU ITEMS When ACC is activated but the vehicle speed setting • Push and release the up or down Tire Pressure Monitor System arrow button has not been selected, the display will read “Adaptive •...
Page 91 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Off Road Trip A/Trip B Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring: The Instrument • Cluster Display will display the Trailer Tire Pressure Push and release the up or down Push and release the up or down arrow button arrow button for a connected trailer with sensors that match the...
Page 92 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Settings — If Equipped Upper Center Favorite Menus Personal Settings allows the driver to set and recall fea- None Compass Outside Temp Speedometer Vehicle Info Driver Assist tures when the transmission is in PARK. Time Range To Empty Average Econ...
Page 93: Battery Saver On/Battery Saver Mode Message - Electrical Load Reduction Actions - If Equipped
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Commercial Settings — If Equipped In cases when the IBS detects charging system failure, Upper Center or the vehicle battery conditions are deteriorating, elec- Commercial Settings allows the driver to set and recall None Badge Compass trical load reduction actions will take place to extend...
Page 94: Warning Lights And Messages
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL ○ Loss of the battery charge may indicate one or more of Check HVAC settings (blower, temperature). chime when a fault with the air bag has been detected, ○ the following conditions: Check the audio settings (volume). it will stay on until the fault is cleared.
Page 95 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Battery Charge Warning Light NOTE: NOTE: The light may flash momentarily during sharp cornering This light may turn on if the accelerator and brake ped- This warning light will illuminate when the maneuvers, which change fluid level conditions. The als are pressed at the same time.
Page 96: Yellow Warning Lights
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Speed Warning Light — If Equipped NOTE: WARNING! If the vehicle is moving, there will also be a single This warning light will illuminate when the chime. If you continue operating the vehicle when the Trans- vehicle speed is equal to or greater than mission Temperature Warning Light is illuminated you Oil Pressure Warning Light...
Page 97: Engine Check/Malfunction Indicator Warning Light (Mil)
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Air Suspension Fault Warning Light — Low Washer Fluid Warning Light ters) at speeds greater than 30 mph (48 km/h), see an If Equipped authorized dealer as soon as possible to have the prob- This warning light will illuminate when the lem diagnosed and corrected.
Page 98 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Rear Axle Locker Fault Warning Light — Cruise Control Fault Warning Light ON/RUN position before engine start. If the bulb does not come on when turning the ignition switch from OFF to If Equipped This warning light will illuminate to indicate ON/RUN, have the condition checked promptly.
Page 99: Yellow Indicator Lights
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Air Suspension Payload Protection Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning prop- checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation erly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after Indicator Light —...
Page 100: Green Indicator Lights
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Forward Collision Warning (FCW) or 4WD Lock Indicator Light TOW/HAUL Indicator Light Pedestrian Emergency Braking (PEB) Off This light alerts the driver that the vehicle is This indicator light will illuminate when TOW/ Indicator Light — If Equipped in the 4WD Lock mode.
Page 101: White Indicator Lights
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Cruise Control Set Indicator Light — Turn Signal Indicator Lights Hill Descent Control (HDC) Indicator If Equipped Light — If Equipped When the left or right turn signal is activated, the turn signal indicator will flash indepen- This indicator light will illuminate when the This indicator shows when the HDC feature is dently and the corresponding exterior turn...
Page 102: Onboard Diagnostic System - Obd Ii
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM — OBD II ONBOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM (OBD II) CYBERSECURITY Your vehicle is equipped with a sophisticated Onboard Your vehicle is required to have an OBD II and a connec- Diagnostic system called OBD II. This system monitors tion port to allow access to information related to the the performance of the emissions, engine, and trans- performance of your emissions controls.
Page 103: Starting And Operating
STARTING AND OPERATING STARTING THE ENGINE — GASOLINE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION NORMAL STARTING USING ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON Start the engine with the transmission in PARK position. ENGINE Apply the brake before shifting into any driving range. To Turn On The Engine Using The ENGINE START/STOP Button NOTE: Before starting your vehicle, adjust your seat, adjust...
Page 104: Autopark - Rotary Shifter And 8-Speed Transmission Only
STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: The ignition will remain in the ACC position until the AUTOPARK — ROTARY SHIFTER AND gear selector is in PARK and the button is pushed For Keyless Enter ‘n Go™ equipped vehicles, the engine 8-SPEED TRANSMISSION ONLY twice to the OFF position.
Page 105: Extended Park Starting
STARTING AND OPERATING 1. Install a battery charger or jumper cables to the bat- WARNING! WARNING! tery to ensure a full battery charge during the crank cycle. • If vehicle speed is above 1.2 mph (1.9 km/h), the Never pour fuel or other flammable liquid into the transmission will default to NEUTRAL until the vehicle throttle body air inlet opening in an attempt to 2.
Page 106: Cold Weather Operation (Below -22°F Or −30°C)
STARTING AND OPERATING COLD WEATHER OPERATION ENGINE BREAK-IN RECOMMENDATIONS PARKING BRAKE (BELOW –22°F OR −30°C) — GASOLINE ENGINE Before leaving the vehicle, make sure that the parking To ensure reliable starting at these temperatures, use brake is fully applied. Also, be certain to leave the trans- of an externally powered electric engine block heater mission in PARK.
Page 107: Automatic Transmission
STARTING AND OPERATING • This light only shows that the parking brake is applied. It WARNING! CAUTION! does not show the degree of brake application. • It is dangerous to shift out of PARK or NEUTRAL if When parking on a hill, it is important to turn the front If the Brake Warning Light remains on with the park- wheels toward the curb on a downhill grade and away the engine speed is higher than idle speed.
Page 108: Ignition Park Interlock
STARTING AND OPERATING The brake pedal must also be pressed to shift from The transmission gear selector has only PARK, CAUTION! NEUTRAL into DRIVE or REVERSE when the vehicle is REVERSE, NEUTRAL, and DRIVE positions. Manual stopped or moving at low speeds. downshifts can be made using the Electronic Range Damage to the transmission may occur if the follow- Select (ERS) shift control.
Page 109: Transmission Limp Home Mode
STARTING AND OPERATING PARK (P) DRIVE (D) • Look at the transmission gear position display and verify that it indicates the PARK position (P), and is This range supplements the parking brake by locking This range should be used for most city and highway not blinking.
Page 110: Electronic Range Select (Ers) Operation
STARTING AND OPERATING When to Use TOW/HAUL Mode In the event of a momentary problem, the transmission You can switch between DRIVE and ERS mode at any can be reset to regain all forward gears by performing vehicle speed. When the transmission gear selector is When driving in hilly areas, towing a trailer, carrying a the following steps: in DRIVE, the transmission will operate automatically,...
Page 111: Auxiliary Switches - If Equipped
This provides additional traction for loose, slip- pery road surfaces only. For further information on using the auxiliary switches, 4WD LOW please refer to the Ram Body Builder’s Guide by accessing https://www.ramtrucks.com/ram-commercial/ Four-Wheel Drive Low Range — This range provides low body-builders-guide.html and choosing the appropriate speed four-wheel drive.
Page 112 STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: The 4WD HIGH and 4WD LOW positions are designed WARNING! for loose, slippery road surfaces only. Driving in the Before retrying a selection, make certain that all the 4WD HIGH and 4WD LOW positions on dry hard sur- necessary requirements for selecting a new transfer •...
Page 113: Shifting Procedure
STARTING AND OPERATING Shifting Procedure NOTE: NOTE: The four-wheel drive system will not allow shifts between • If Steps 1 or 2 of either the Preferred or Alternate NOTE: 2WD/4WD HIGH if the front and/or rear wheels are spin- Procedure are not satisfied prior to attempting the ning (no traction).
Page 114: Shifting Procedure - Manually Shifted Transfer Case
STARTING AND OPERATING Shifting Procedure — Manually Shifted N (Neutral) Proper operation of four-wheel drive vehicles depends on tires of equal size, type and circumference on each Transfer Case N (Neutral) — This range disengages both the front and wheel. Any difference will adversely affect shifting and rear driveshafts from the powertrain.
Page 115: Transfer Case Position Indicator Light
STARTING AND OPERATING Standard Ride Height (SRH) – This is the standard posi- Several attempts may be required for teeth alignment WARNING! and shift completion to occur. The preferred method is tion of the suspension and is meant for normal driving. with the vehicle rolling 2 to 3 mph (3 to 5 km/h).
Page 116: Instrument Cluster Display Messages
STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: NOTE: AXLE LOCKER SYSTEM —IF EQUIPPED This mode is intended to be enabled with the engine The LED will continuously blink until vehicle Alternate running. Trailer Height (ATH) has been achieved and the LED will This vehicle is equipped with an electronically locking Bed Lowering Mode turn on.
Page 117: Stabilizer/Sway Bar System - Power
STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: STABILIZER/SWAY BAR SYSTEM — CAUTION! Left to right wheel speed difference may be necessary POWER WAGON ONLY to allow the axle to fully lock. If the indicator light is • Do not lock the front or rear axle on hard surfaced flashing after placing the vehicle in the REAR LOCK or roads.
Page 118: Safe Off-Road Driving - Power Wagon
STARTING AND OPERATING Ramp Travel Index (RTI) WARNING! WARNING! The RTI is the distance, in inches, that you can drive your Do not disconnect the stabilizer bar and drive on hard If the stabilizer/sway bar will not return to On-Road vehicle with one wheel on a 20-degree ramp without lifting surfaced roads or at speeds above 18 mph mode, vehicle stability is reduced.
Page 119: The Basics Of Off-Road Driving
STARTING AND OPERATING The Basics Of Off-Road Driving When To Use Low Range Mud – Deep mud creates a great deal of suction • around the tires and is very difficult to get through. You will encounter many types of terrain driving off- When driving off-road, shift into 4WD LOW for additional You should use 4WD LOW with a gear low enough to road.
Page 120: Crossing Obstacles (Rocks And Other High Points)
STARTING AND OPERATING Crossing Large Rocks Crossing Logs CROSSING OBSTACLES (ROCKS AND OTHER HIGH POINTS) When approaching large rocks, choose a path which To cross a log, approach it at a slight angle (approxi- ensures you drive over the largest with your tires. This will mately 10 to 15 degrees).
Page 121: Hill Climbing
STARTING AND OPERATING Driving Across An Incline – If at all possible avoid • HILL CLIMBING traction to complete the climb. If you do not make it to the top, place the vehicle in REVERSE and back driving across an incline. If it is necessary, know Hill climbing requires good judgment and a good under- straight down the grade using engine resistance your vehicle's abilities.
Page 122: Driving Through Water
STARTING AND OPERATING DRIVING THROUGH WATER Make sure you will not be intruding on any wildlife ing water which is deeper than the vehicle's running and you can recover the vehicle if necessary. The ground clearance. Even the slowest current can Extreme care should be taken crossing any type of water.
Page 123: Vehicle Recovery
STARTING AND OPERATING Using The Tow Hooks With A Tow Strap – Tow • the wheels to allow the vehicle to roll off the object CAUTION! without causing further damage. This should be tried straps are a quick and easy way to recover your before attempting any recovery method.
Page 124: After Driving Off-Road
STARTING AND OPERATING • out cable. Placing something over the strung out Check for accumulations of plants or brush. These WARNING! cable helps keep the cable on the ground if it things could be a fire hazard. They might hide dam- breaks.
Page 125: Winch Usage - If Equipped
STARTING AND OPERATING Tensioning The Winch Rope The limited-slip differential is especially helpful during UNDERSTANDING THE FEATURES slippery driving conditions. With both rear wheels on a OF YOUR WINCH The winch rope must be properly tensioned before use. slippery surface, a slight application of the accelerator Follow the instructions listed to tension the rope: will supply maximum traction.
Page 126: Winch Accessories
STARTING AND OPERATING 4. Winch Drum With Integral Brake: The winch drum change your pulling direction without damaging the WARNING! allows the rope to be stored on the winch and trans- winch rope. Proper use of the snatch block is covered in mits force to the rope.
Page 127: General Information
STARTING AND OPERATING General Information CAUTION! Practice using your winch before you get stuck. Some • Inspect for cracks, pinches, frayed rope, or loose key points to remember when using your winch are: connections. Replace if damaged. • Always take your time to assess the situation and •...
Page 128 STARTING AND OPERATING 7. Attach the Clevis/D-Shackle and Tree Trunk Protec- WARNING! tor. Attach the shackle to the two ends of the strap or chain and through the hook, being careful not to • Never touch winch rope or hook while someone over tighten (tighten and back-off 1/2 turn).
Page 129 STARTING AND OPERATING 12. Check synthetic rope. The rope should be neatly before the rope is put under tension. Do not wound around the spooling drum. Improper wind- approach or move the blanket once tension is ing can cause damage to the synthetic rope. applied.
Page 130 STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: stack, spool out that section of the rope and reposition it to the opposite end of the drum, How to spool under no load: Arrange the remote which will free up space for continued winching. control lead so it cannot be caught in the winch. Arrange the synthetic rope so it will not kink or 15.
Page 131: Rigging Techniques
STARTING AND OPERATING 19. Disconnect the remote control. Disconnect the ing pulling efficiency and damaging synthetic rope. A the mounting kit. Secure to the anchor point with a tree remote control cord from the control box and store snatch block, secured to a point directly in front of the trunk protector or choker chain.
Page 132: Hydraulic Power Steering Fluid Check
STARTING AND OPERATING HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEMS — FLUID CHECK IF EQUIPPED Checking the power steering fluid level at a defined ser- vice interval is not required. The fluid should only be Your vehicle may be equipped with the Cruise Control checked if a leak is suspected, abnormal noises are system, or the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) system: apparent, and/or the system is not functioning as...
Page 133: Adaptive Cruise Control (Acc)
STARTING AND OPERATING To Set A Desired Speed To Deactivate NOTE: When you override and push the SET (+) or SET (-) but- Turn the Cruise Control on. A tap on the brake pedal, pushing the CANC (cancel) ton, the new set speed will be the current speed of the button, or normal brake pressure while slowing the When the vehicle has reached the desired speed, push vehicle.
Page 134: Adaptive Cruise Control (Acc) Operation
STARTING AND OPERATING Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Operation NOTE: WARNING! • The buttons on the right side of the steering wheel If the ACC sensor detects a vehicle ahead, ACC will ○ Does not always fully recognize complex driving operate the Adaptive Cruise Control system. apply limited braking or acceleration (not to exceed conditions, which can result in wrong or missing the original set speed) automatically to maintain a...
Page 135: Activating Adaptive Cruise Control (Acc)
STARTING AND OPERATING To Set A Desired ACC Speed Adaptive Cruise Control Ready • When the automatic transmission is in PARK, REVERSE or NEUTRAL When ACC is activated, but the vehicle speed setting When the vehicle reaches the speed desired, push the has not been selected, the display will read “Adaptive •...
Page 136: To Turn Off
STARTING AND OPERATING To Turn Off NOTE: WARNING! • The system will turn off and clear the set speed in Keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal can The Resume function should only be used if traffic memory if: cause the vehicle to continue to accelerate beyond and road conditions permit.
Page 137: Setting The Following Distance In Acc
STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: The vehicle will then maintain the set distance until: When you override and push the SET (+) button or SET • The vehicle ahead accelerates to a speed above the (-) buttons, the new set speed will be the current speed set speed.
Page 138: Acc Operation At Stop
STARTING AND OPERATING Display Warnings And Maintenance NOTE: • Do not attach or install any accessories near the sensor, including transparent material or aftermar- When the vehicle transitions from a location with left “WIPE FRONT RADAR SENSOR IN FRONT OF ket grilles.
Page 139 STARTING AND OPERATING Precautions While Driving With ACC This message can sometimes be displayed while driving in adverse weather conditions. The ACC/FCW system NOTE: will recover after the vehicle has left these areas. Under rare conditions, when the camera is not tracking any •...
Page 140 STARTING AND OPERATING USING ACC ON HILLS STATIONARY OBJECTS AND VEHICLES ACC performance may be limited when driving on hills. ACC does not react to stationary objects or vehicles. For ACC may not detect a vehicle in your lane depending on example, ACC will not react in situations where the the speed, vehicle load, traffic conditions, and the vehicle you are following exits your lane and the vehicle...
Page 141: Parksense Front/Rear Park Assist
STARTING AND OPERATING PARKSENSE FRONT/REAR PARK ASSIST — PARKSENSE SENSORS PARKSENSE WARNING DISPLAY The four ParkSense sensors, located in the rear fascia/ The ParkSense Warning screen is located within the IF EQUIPPED bumper, monitor the area behind the vehicle that is instrument cluster display.
Page 142: Parksense Display
STARTING AND OPERATING PARKSENSE DISPLAY The warning display will turn on indicating the system status when the vehicle is in REVERSE or when the vehicle is in DRIVE and an obstacle has been detected. The system will indicate a detected obstacle by showing a single arc in the left and/or right rear regions based on the obstacle’s distance and location relative to the vehicle. Front/Rear ParkSense Arcs 1 —...
Page 143 STARTING AND OPERATING If an obstacle is detected in the left and/or right rear region, the display will show a single arc in the left and/or right rear region and the system will produce a tone. As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the display will show the single arc moving closer to the vehicle and the tone will change from a single 1/2 second tone to slow, to fast, to continuous.
Page 144: Enabling And Disabling Front And/Or Rear Parksense
STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: The Front or Rear ParkSense switch LED will be on CLEANING THE PARKSENSE when Front or Rear ParkSense is disabled or requires ParkSense will reduce the volume of the radio, if on, SYSTEM service. The Front or Rear ParkSense switch LED will be when the system is sounding an audio tone.
Page 145: Lanesense - If Equipped
STARTING AND OPERATING • Use the ParkSense switch to turn the ParkSense The driver may manually override the haptic warning by CAUTION! system off if obstacles such as bicycle carriers, applying torque to the steering wheel at any time. trailer hitches, etc. are placed within 18 inches •...
Page 146: Lanesense Warning Message
STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: display will show the left lane line flashing yellow (on/off). The LaneSense telltale changes from The LaneSense system will retain the last system state solid white to flashing yellow. (on or off) from the last ignition cycle when the ignition is placed in the ON/RUN position.
Page 147: Changing Lanesense Status
STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: • When the LaneSense system senses the lane has PARKVIEW REAR BACK UP CAMERA — been approached and is in a lane departure situa- • When enabled the system operates above 37 mph tion, the left lane line flashes yellow (on/off). The IF EQUIPPED (60 km/h) and below 112 mph (180 km/h).
Page 148 STARTING AND OPERATING Whenever the Rear View Camera image is activated If equipped with a Cargo Camera, a touchscreen button WARNING! through the Back Up Camera button in the Controls is made available to indicate the current active Camera menu, and the vehicle speed is greater than, or equal image being displayed whenever the Rear View Camera Drivers must be careful when backing up even when to, 8 mph (13 km/h), a display timer for the image is...
Page 149: Surround View Camera System
STARTING AND OPERATING the “magnifying glass” icon in the upper left of the dis- doors are open. The image will be displayed on the There are different colored zones to indicate the dis- play screen, the image will zoom in to four times the Uconnect display along with a caution note “Check tance to the rear of the vehicle.
Page 150 STARTING AND OPERATING Top View Plus Front View Trailer Reverse Guidance The Front View will show what is immediately in front of the vehicle and is always paired The Trailer Reverse Guidance will pro- with the Top View of the vehicle. vide a full screen view of the cargo area and trailer.
Page 151 STARTING AND OPERATING Activation • Shifting to NEUTRAL from any gear will maintain the The touchscreen X button on the display is pressed selected view (Zoom or Standard) as long as the vehicle • Vehicle is shifted into PARK The Dynamic Centerline feature can be activated is below 8 mph (13 km/h).
Page 152 STARTING AND OPERATING Deactivation When Zoom View is selected while the vehicle is in speed exceeds 8 mph (13 km/h), the vehicle is shifted REVERSE, then shifted to DRIVE, the camera delay view into PARK, or the ignition is placed in the OFF position. The Forward Facing Camera is deactivated in the follow- will display the standard Cargo Camera view.
Page 153: Trailer Cameras - If Equipped
STARTING AND OPERATING Set Up • Black video will be displayed for the right side of the WARNING! Top and Rear View, and full screen of the Back Up The Trailer Surround View Camera system includes an Camera view when the Rear View Camera is not installation kit with a Trailer Surround View Module and Drivers must be careful when backing up even when connected.
Page 154 STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: For Gooseneck trailers, the connection from the rear Cams button and press the Trailer tab to access the fascia goes to the rear chassis inline. Trailer Cameras. Press Trailer Surround Camera button • If a trailer is connected but the trailer dimensions to access Top View and Rear View of the trailer.
Page 155 STARTING AND OPERATING Top View Right View The system is deactivated in the following conditions if it was activated manually from the Uconnect controls The Trailer Top View will show in the Uconnect system Pressing the Right View button will give the menu via the Trailer Surround Camera button: with Top View and Rear View in a split screen display.
Page 156: Aux Camera
STARTING AND OPERATING If equipped with two AUX Cameras, you can switch REFUELING THE VEHICLE — GASOLINE CAUTION! between each camera by pressing the AUX 1 or AUX 2 buttons on the Trailer Camera display. ENGINE • To avoid vehicle damage, Trailer Surround View should only be used as a parking aid.
Page 157: Loose Fuel Filler Cap Message
STARTING AND OPERATING • Tighten the gas cap until you hear a “clicking” PAYLOAD CAUTION! sound. This is an indication that the gas cap is tight- The payload of a vehicle is defined as the allowable ened properly. The MIL in the instrument cluster •...
Page 158: Curb Weight
STARTING AND OPERATING Gross Combination Weight Rating CURB WEIGHT TRAILER TOWING (GCWR) In this section you will find safety tips and information The curb weight of a vehicle is defined as the total weight of the vehicle with all fluids, including vehicle fuel, at full on limits to the type of towing you can reasonably do The GCWR is the total allowable weight of your vehicle capacity conditions, and with no occupants or cargo loaded...
Page 159: Weight-Carrying Hitch
STARTING AND OPERATING If equipped, the electronic TSC recognizes a swaying WARNING! trailer and automatically applies individual wheel brakes and/or reduces engine power to attempt to • Weight-distributing systems may not be compatible eliminate the trailer sway. with surge brake couplers. Consult with your hitch and trailer manufacturer or a reputable Recre- Weight-Carrying Hitch ational Vehicle dealer for additional information.
Page 160: Fifth-Wheel Hitch
STARTING AND OPERATING Example 2500/ Example 2500/ Measurement Example Measurement Example 3500 Height (mm) 3500 Height (mm) (H2-H1)/2 1030 (H2-H1)/2 + H1 1044 1058 H2-H1 NOTE: (H2-H1)/2 For all towing conditions, we recommend towing with TOW/HAUL mode engaged. (H2-H1)/2 + H1 1044 Towing With All Other 2500/3500 (Non-Air NOTE:...
Page 161: Trailer Hitch Type And Maximum Trailer Weight
STARTING AND OPERATING TRAILER HITCH TYPE AND MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT The following chart provides the maximum trailer weight a given factory equipped trailer hitch type can tow and should be used to assist you in selecting the correct trailer hitch for your intended towing condition.
Page 162 STARTING AND OPERATING Set Up: come up speeds less than 30 mph (48 km/h) during the calibration procedure. Instead of the Blind Spot To use the system, attach your trailer to the truck and camera view, an image showing the unavailable feature ensure all electrical wiring is connected page 166.
Page 163 STARTING AND OPERATING • Remove hands from the steering wheel and slowly back The TRSC system will limit the top speed your vehicle “Trailer Steering Active Check Surrounding Backup up while turning the TRSC knob in the direction you can travel in REVERSE while using the feature. If Slowly”...
Page 164 STARTING AND OPERATING Trailer Memory • The system may not function when the camera lens is blocked, blurred (covered with water, snow, ice, The trailer steering system will automatically retain the dirt, etc) and will not work unless the tailgate is calibration of the previous five trailers connected, so upright and fully latched.
Page 165: Towing Requirements
STARTING AND OPERATING 1. TRAILER SURFACE: Surface temperature should be CAUTION! WARNING! between 70°F and 90°F during decal application to ensure proper adhesive bond. • • Then, during the first 500 miles (805 km) that a Vehicles with trailers should not be parked on a trailer is towed, do not drive over 50 mph grade.
Page 166: Towing Requirements - Trailer Brakes
STARTING AND OPERATING Towing Requirements — Trailer Brakes Integrated Trailer Brake Module (ITBM) The user interface consists of the following: — If Equipped Manual Brake Control Lever Do not interconnect the hydraulic brake system or • vacuum system of your vehicle with that of the Slide the manual brake control lever to the left to acti- Your vehicle may have an ITBM for Electric and Electric vate power to the trailer's electric brakes independent...
Page 167 STARTING AND OPERATING Adjusting GAIN not recognized by the ITBM, braking functions will 8. In a traffic-free environment, tow the trailer on a dry, not be available), the GAIN setting will illuminate level surface at a speed of 20–25 mph NOTE: and the correct type of trailer must be selected from (30–40 km/h) and squeeze the manual brake con-...
Page 168: Towing Requirements - Trailer Lights And Wiring
STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: NOTE: • • An aftermarket controller may be available for use Disconnect the trailer wiring connector from the vehicle with trailers with air or EOH trailer brake systems. To (or any other device plugged into vehicle’s electrical con- determine the type of brakes on your trailer and the nectors) before launching a boat into water.
Page 169 STARTING AND OPERATING Pin Number Function Wire Color Right Rear Position, Side Marker Lights, and Rear Regis- Green/Red tration Plate Illumination Device. Stop Lights Black/Red Left Rear Position, Side Marker Lights, and Rear Regis- Green/Black tration Plate Illumination Device. Reverse Lights Blue/Red Permanent Power Supply (+12 Volt) Power Supply Controlled by Ignition Switch (+12 Volt)
Page 170: Towing Tips
STARTING AND OPERATING Tow/Haul Mode The sequence will cancel if any of the following condi- WARNING! tions occur: To reduce potential for automatic transmission overheating, • activate TOW/HAUL mode when driving in hilly areas, or Brakes are applied Attaching a snowplow to this vehicle could adversely select a lower gear range (using the Electronic Range Select •...
Page 171: Over The Road Operation With Snowplow Attached
STARTING AND OPERATING The loaded vehicle weight, including the snowplow system, OVER THE ROAD OPERATION WITH GENERAL MAINTENANCE all aftermarket accessories, driver, passengers, options, SNOWPLOW ATTACHED Snowplows should be maintained in accordance with and cargo, must not exceed either the Gross Vehicle Weight the plow manufacturer's instructions.
Page 172: Recreational Towing - Two-Wheel Drive Models
STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: 4. Properly secure the rear wheels to the dolly, follow- CAUTION! ing the dolly manufacturer's instructions. • When towing your vehicle, always follow applicable • DO NOT dolly tow any 4WD vehicle. Towing with 5. Turn the ignition OFF and remove the key fob. state and provincial laws.
Page 173 STARTING AND OPERATING Shifting Into N (Neutral) ○ NOTE: With electronic shift transfer case, push and hold the transfer case N (Neutral) button. Some With electronic shift transfer case: Use the following procedure to prepare your vehicle for models have a small, recessed “N” button (at •...
Page 174: Driving Tips
STARTING AND OPERATING ○ NOTE: With manual shift transfer case, shift the trans- DRIVING THROUGH WATER fer case lever to the desired position. With electronic shift transfer case: Driving through water more than a few inches/ ○ • With electronic shift transfer case with rotary Steps 3 and 4 are requirements that must be met before centimeters deep will require extra caution to ensure selector switch, push and hold the transfer case...
Page 175: Off-Road Driving Tips
STARTING AND OPERATING • OFF-ROAD DRIVING TIPS After extended operation in mud, sand, water, or WARNING! similar dirty conditions, have the radiator, fan, brake Care should be taken when attempting to climb steep • rotors, wheels, brake linings, and axle yokes Failure to follow these warnings may result in inju- hills or driving diagonally across a hill or slope.
Page 176: Multimedia
MULTIMEDIA UCONNECT SYSTEMS Your Uconnect system may also have SCREEN OFF and WARNING! MUTE buttons on the faceplate. • Push the SCREEN OFF button on the faceplate to turn For detailed information about your Uconnect 5/5 NAV ONLY insert trusted media devices/components off the Uconnect screen.
Page 177: Customer Programmable Features
MULTIMEDIA For The Uconnect 5/5 NAV With 8.4-inch Display And CUSTOMER PROGRAMMABLE The Uconnect 5 NAV With 12-inch Display FEATURES For Uconnect 5, press the Vehicle button on the touch- screen, then press the Settings tab on the top of the touchscreen.
Page 178 MULTIMEDIA Display When the Display button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system will display the options related to the theme (if equipped), brightness, and color of the touchscreen. The available settings are: NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Language...
Page 179 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Navigation Next Turn-by-Turn Displayed in Cluster This setting will display navigation prompts in the Instrument Cluster Display. Phone Pop-ups Displayed In Cluster This setting will display incoming calls in the Instrument Cluster Display. Fuel Saver Display This setting will enable fuel saver mode in the Instrument Cluster Display.
Page 180 This setting will allow you to change the voice options for the radio to “Male” or “Female”. This setting will allow you to set the system “Wake Up” word. The available options are “Off”, “Hey, Uconnect”, and “Hey, “Wake Up” Word Ram”. Voice Barge-in This setting will allow Voice Barge-in to be turned on or off.
Page 181: Safety/Driving Assistance
MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Navigation Popups This setting will allow you to have pop-up notifications for Navigation. Setting options are “On” and “Off”. This setting will redirect to the list of Navigation settings. Refer to your Uconnect Radio Instruction Manual for further Navigation Settings information.
Page 182 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description LaneSense Strength — Located In LaneSense This setting will change the strength of the steering wheel feedback during a lane departure. The available settings are Submenu “Low”, “Medium”, and “High”. ParkSense This setting will change the type of ParkSense alert when a close object is detected and can provide both an audible chime and a visual display.
Page 183: Clock & Date
MULTIMEDIA Clock & Date When the Clock & Date button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the different options related to the vehicle’s internal clock. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Sync Time With GPS This setting will sync the time to the GPS receiver in the system.
Page 184: Navigation - If Equipped
Wake Up Word This setting will allow you to set the system’s “Wake Up” word. The available options are “Off”, “Hey, Uconnect”, and “Hey, Ram”. Voice Barge-In This setting allows you to respond to a Voice Response before the statement is completed by the system. The available options are “On”...
Page 185 MULTIMEDIA Trailer Brake/Trailer — If Equipped When the Trailer Brake/Trailer button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system will display settings related to trailer towing. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Trailer 1 Options for each trailer are “Use This Trailer”, “Braking”...
Page 186 MULTIMEDIA Camera When the Camera button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to the vehicle’s camera features. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Surround View Camera Delay This setting will add a timed delay to the Surround View Camera when shifting out of REVERSE. Surround View Camera Guidelines This setting will turn the Surround View Camera Guidelines on or off.
Page 187 MULTIMEDIA Mirrors & Wipers When the Mirrors & Wipers button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to the vehicle’s mirrors and wipers. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Tilt Side Mirrors In Reverse This setting will tilt the outside side-view mirrors when the ignition is in the ON/RUN position and the transmission gear selector is in the REVERSE position.
Page 188 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Headlights with Wipers This setting will turn the headlights on when the wipers are activated. Daytime Running Lights This setting will allow you to turn the Daytime Running Lights on or off. Flash Lights With Lock This setting will allow you to turn the flashing of the lights when the Lock button is pushed on the key fob on or off.
Page 189: Doors And Locks
MULTIMEDIA Doors & Locks When the Doors & Locks button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to locking and unlocking the vehicle’s doors. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Auto Door Locks This setting will allow you to change if the doors lock automatically when the vehicle reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).
Page 190 MULTIMEDIA Seats & Comfort/Auto-On Comfort Systems When the Seats & Comfort/Auto-On Comfort Systems button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to the vehicle’s comfort systems when remote start has been activated or the vehicle has been started. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary.
Page 191 MULTIMEDIA Suspension/Air Suspension When the Suspension/Air Suspension button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system will display settings related to the vehicle’s air suspension. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Display Suspension Messages This setting will display suspension messages in the Instrument Cluster Display.
Page 192 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Surround Sound — Located In the Audio Settings This setting will turn the Surround Sound system on or off. Submenu AUX Volume Offset — Located In the Audio Set- This setting will tune the audio levels from a device connected through the AUX port. The available settings are “+” and “-”. tings Submenu Auto Play —...
Page 193: System Information
MULTIMEDIA Software Updates — If Equipped When the Software Updates button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system will display the setting related to updating the Uconnect software. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Software Downloads over Wi-Fi This setting will allow software updates to happen over Wi-Fi.
Page 194 MULTIMEDIA Reset When the Reset button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to resetting the Uconnect system back to its default settings. These settings can clear personal data and reset selected settings from other menus. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary.
Page 195: Radio Operation And Mobile Phones
MULTIMEDIA RADIO OPERATION AND MOBILE PHONES OFF-ROAD PAGES — IF EQUIPPED Under certain conditions, the mobile phone being on in Your vehicle may be equipped with Off-Road Pages your vehicle can cause erratic or noisy performance which display vehicle information related to the drive- from your radio.
Page 196: Off-Road Pages Status Bar
MULTIMEDIA OFF-ROAD PAGES STATUS BAR VEHICLE DYNAMICS The Off-Road Pages Status Bar is located along the bot- The Vehicle Dynamics page displays information con- tom of Off-Road Pages and is present in each of the cerning the vehicle’s transfer case and steering angle. selectable page options.
Page 197: Accessory Gauge
MULTIMEDIA ACCESSORY GAUGE The Accessory Gauge page displays the current status of the vehicle’s Coolant Temperature, Oil Temperature, Oil Pressure, Transmission Temperature, and Battery Voltage. Accessory Gauge Menu 2WD/4WD Drivetrain Menu 2WD/4WD 1 — Coolant Temperature 2 — Oil Temperature 1 —...
Page 198: Pitch & Roll
MULTIMEDIA PITCH & ROLL SUSPENSION The Pitch & Roll page displays the vehicle’s current The Suspension page displays the current status of the pitch (angle up and down) and roll (angle side to side) vehicle’s suspension system and the current ride height in degrees.
Page 199: Forward Facing Camera
MULTIMEDIA FORWARD FACING CAMERA Your vehicle may be equipped with a Forward Facing Camera that allows you to see an on-screen image of the front view of your vehicle. The image will be dis- played on the touchscreen along with a caution note “Check Entire Surroundings”...
Page 200: Trailer Info
MULTIMEDIA TRAILER INFO The Trailer Info main page displays your trailer’s tire pressure, odometer, electric range select, and view of your trailer’s Tow/Haul mode status. Displayed in the Trailer Info tab are the following gauges that show information for each separate trailer: •...
Page 201: Light Check
MULTIMEDIA After selecting your desired trailer camera view, select- Once selected, the screen will change to “Light Check ing the More Cams button will take you back to the pre- in Progress”. The box will turn red and the text will read vious screen.
Page 202 MULTIMEDIA NOTE: Make sure that “Use this Trailer” is selected in order to make any settings changes to that selected trailer. Trailer Tow Pages Setup Tab...
Page 203: Safety
SAFETY Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Warning SAFETY FEATURES WARNING! Light • The ABS contains sophisticated electronic equip- ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) The yellow ABS Warning Light will turn on when the igni- ment that may be susceptible to interference tion is placed in the ON/RUN mode and may stay on for caused by improperly installed or high output radio The ABS provides increased vehicle stability and brake as long as four seconds.
Page 204: Electronic Brake Control (Ebc) System
SAFETY Brake Assist System (BAS) required. If the Brake System Warning Light does not WARNING! come on when the ignition is placed in the ON/RUN The BAS is designed to optimize the vehicle’s braking mode, have the light repaired as soon as possible. •...
Page 205: Electronic Stability Control (Esc)
SAFETY ESC Operating Modes begins to flash during acceleration, ease up on the WARNING! accelerator and apply as little throttle as possible. Be Depending upon model and mode of operation, the ESC sure to adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing Many factors, such as vehicle loading, road condi- system may have multiple operating modes.
Page 206: Esc Activation/Malfunction Indicator Light And Esc Off Indicator Light
SAFETY The ESC Activation/Malfunction Indicator Light also WARNING! WARNING! flashes when TCS is active. If the ESC Activation/ Malfunction Indicator Light begins to flash during accel- • • When in “Partial Off” mode, the TCS functionality In the ESC “Full Off” mode, the engine torque eration, ease up on the accelerator and apply as little of ESC, except for the limited slip feature described reduction and stability features are disabled.
Page 207: Hill Start Assist (Hsa)
SAFETY Enabling HDC NOTE: Feedback To The Driver During HDC the +/- shifter input is used for HDC target HDC is enabled by pushing the HDC switch, but the fol- The instrument cluster has an HDC icon and the HDC speed selection, but will not affect the gear chosen by lowing conditions must also be met to enable HDC: switch has an LED icon, which offers feedback to the...
Page 208 SAFETY Disabling And Enabling HSA Traction Control System (TCS) The following conditions must be met in order for HSA to activate: This feature can be turned on or turned off. To change The TCS monitors the amount of wheel spin of each of the •...
Page 209: Auxiliary Driving Systems
SAFETY AUXILIARY DRIVING SYSTEMS tors the detection zones on both sides of the vehicle when the vehicle speed reaches approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) or higher and will alert the driver of vehicles BLIND SPOT MONITORING (BSM) — in these areas. IF EQUIPPED NOTE: BSM uses two radar sensors, located inside the tail-...
Page 210 SAFETY Entering From The Rear Vehicles that come up from behind your vehicle on either side and enter the rear detection zone with a relative speed of less than 30 mph (48 km/h). Warning Light Location Overtaking/Passing The BSM system monitors the detection zone from The BSM system is designed not to issue an alert on sta- three different entry points (side, rear, front) while driv- tionary objects such as guardrails, posts, walls, foliage,...
Page 211: Rear Cross Path (Rcp)
SAFETY Blind Spot Alert Lights Only RCP monitors the rear detection zones on both sides of WARNING! the vehicle, for objects that are moving toward the side When operating in Blind Spot Alert Lights Only mode, of the vehicle with a minimum speed of approximately the BSM system will provide a visual alert in the appro- The Blind Spot Monitoring system is only an aid to 3 mph (5 km/h), to objects moving a maximum of...
Page 212: Trailer Merge Assist
SAFETY NOTE: • • Automatic Trailer Detection Maximum Mode — When “Max Mode” is selected, • the system will default to the maximum blind spot The BSM system will store the current operating mode Trailer Length Detection when the vehicle is shut off. Each time the vehicle is zone regardless of what size trailer is attached •...
Page 213: Forward Collision Warning (Fcw) With Mitigation - If Equipped
SAFETY Trailer Merge Warning FORWARD COLLISION WARNING Trailer Merge Warning is the extension of the blind spot (FCW) WITH MITIGATION — function to cover the length of the trailer, plus a safety IF EQUIPPED margin, to warn the driver when there is a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Page 214: Fcw Braking Status And Sensitivity
SAFETY • • FCW may not react to irrelevant objects such as When the FCW is “off”, this prevents the system overhead objects, ground reflections, objects not in from warning the driver of a possible collision with the path of the vehicle, stationary objects that are the vehicle in front.
Page 215: Fcw Limited Warning
SAFETY FCW Limited Warning NOTE: seconds and then release the brakes. When the system determines a collision with the pedestrian/cyclist in The “Far” setting may result in a greater number of FCW If the instrument cluster displays “ACC/FCW Limited front of you is no longer probable, the warning message possible collision warnings experienced.
Page 216: Tire Pressure Monitoring System (Tpms)
SAFETY NOTE: page 290 on how to properly inflate the vehi- CAUTION! cle’s tires. The PEB system will NOT retain the last setting selected by the driver after ignition shut down. The system will The TPMS will warn the driver of a low tire pressure if •...
Page 217: Service Tpms Warning
SAFETY • • The TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte- Various TPMS messages, which display in the instru- its original color, and the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys- nance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to main- ment cluster tem Warning Light will turn off.
Page 218 With the sensors installed and the trailer near or con- in a different color and an “Inflate to XX” message. the TTPMS settings found in the radio. nected to your Ram truck, initiate the pairing process by • After driving the vehicle for up to 20 minutes above...
Page 219 SAFETY Follow the on screen prompts to select the number of Should this occur, you should stop as soon as possible and axles (1 - 3), the number of trailer tires (2, 4, 6, 8, or inflate the tires with a low pressure condition (those in a 12), and the set trailer tire pressure.
Page 220: Tire Fill Alert
SAFETY System Limitations If the hazard lamps do not come on while inflating the In the Selectable Tire Fill Alert application, which is tire, the TPMS sensor may be in an inoperative position, located in the apps menu of the Uconnect system, the The TTPMS may have difficulty transmitting through preventing the TPMS sensor signal from being received.
Page 221: Occupant Restraint Systems
SAFETY NOTE: • The system will be activated when the TPMS receiver Using tire chains on the vehicle. module detects a change in tire pressure. The ignition • It is particularly important for you to check the tire pres- Using wheels/tires not equipped with TPMS must be in the RUN mode, with the transmission in sure in all of the tires on your vehicle monthly and to sensors.
Page 222: Seat Belt Systems
SAFETY 1. Children 12 years old and under should always ride 4. Never allow children to slide the shoulder belt SEAT BELT SYSTEMS buckled up in the rear seat of a vehicle with a rear behind them or under their arm. Buckle up even though you are an excellent driver, even seat.
Page 223: Lap/Shoulder Belts
SAFETY BeltAlert Warning Sequence NOTE: WARNING! If BeltAlert has been deactivated and the driver or outboard The BeltAlert warning sequence is activated when the • front seat passenger (if equipped with outboard front pas- Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and vehicle is moving above a specified vehicle speed range and the driver or outboard front seat passenger is senger seat BeltAlert) is unbuckled the Seat Belt Reminder...
Page 224 SAFETY Lap/Shoulder Belt Operating Instructions 4. Position the lap belt so that it is snug and lies low WARNING! across your hips, below your abdomen. To remove 1. Enter the vehicle and close the door. Sit back and • slack in the lap belt portion, pull up on the shoulder A seat belt that is too loose will not protect you adjust the seat.
Page 225: Lap/Shoulder Belt Untwisting Procedure
SAFETY Lap/Shoulder Belt Untwisting Procedure First Row Center Seat Belt Operating As a guide, if you are shorter than average, you will pre- fer the shoulder belt anchorage in a lower position, and Instructions (Regular Cab Only) Use the following procedure to untwist a twisted lap/ if you are taller than average, you will prefer the shoul- shoulder belt.
Page 226: First Row Center Lap Belt Operating Instructions - If Equipped
SAFETY 8. Position the shoulder belt on your chest so that it is WARNING! comfortable and not resting on your neck. The retractor will withdraw any slack in the seat belt. • When reattaching the mini-latch plate and mini- buckle, ensure the seat belt webbing is not 9.
Page 227: Energy Management Feature
SAFETY The pretensioners are triggered by the Occupant WARNING! Restraint Controller (ORC). Like the air bags, the preten- sioners are single use items. A deployed pretensioner • NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a or a deployed air bag must be replaced immediately. seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
Page 228: Supplemental Restraint Systems (Srs)
SAFETY • Instrument Panel function. While the air bag system is designed to be WARNING! maintenance free, if any of the following occurs, have • Knee Impact Bolsters an authorized dealer service the air bag system • The seat belt assembly must be replaced if the •...
Page 229: Front Airbags
SAFETY panel. The Redundant Air Bag Warning Light will stay on This vehicle may be equipped with a driver and/or front WARNING! until the fault is cleared. In addition, a single chime will passenger seat belt buckle switch that detects whether sound to alert you that the Redundant Air Bag Warning the driver or front passenger seat belt is buckled.
Page 230: Front Air Bag Operation
SAFETY When the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) detects a The SABs may help to reduce the risk of occupant injury WARNING! collision requiring the front air bags, it signals the infla- during certain side impacts, in addition to the injury •...
Page 231 SAFETY Supplemental Side Air Bag Inflatable Curtains The SABICs may help reduce the risk of partial or com- The Side Air Bags will not deploy in all side collisions, (SABICs) plete ejection of vehicle occupants through side win- including some collisions at certain angles, or some dows in certain side impact events.
Page 232: If A Deployment Occurs
SAFETY Air Bag System Components manent and normally heal quickly. However, if you WARNING! haven’t healed significantly within a few days, or if NOTE: • you have any blistering, see your doctor Being too close to the Side Air Bags during deploy- immediately.
Page 233: Enhanced Accident Response System Reset Procedure
SAFETY Enhanced Accident Response System Maintaining Your Air Bag System NOTE: After an accident, remember to cycle the ignition to the In the event of an impact, if the communication net- STOP (OFF/LOCK) position and remove the key from the work remains intact, and the power remains intact, WARNING! ignition switch to avoid draining the battery.
Page 234: Child Restraints
SAFETY Event Data Recorder (EDR) CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING! This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder Everyone in your vehicle needs to be buckled up at all • Never install a rear-facing child restraint in the (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in cer- times, including babies and children.
Page 235: Summary Of Recommendations For Restraining Children In Vehicles
SAFETY Summary Of Recommendations For Restraining Children In Vehicles Child Size, Height, Weight Or Age Recommended Type Of Child Restraint Children who are two years old or younger and who have Either an Infant Carrier or a Convertible Child Restraint, Infants and Toddlers not reached the height or weight limits of their child facing rearward in a rear seat of the vehicle...
Page 236: Older Children And Child Restraints
SAFETY Older Children And Child Restraints 5. Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip? WARNING! If the answer to any of these questions was “no,” then Children who are two years old or who have outgrown •...
Page 237: Recommendations For Attaching Child Restraints
SAFETY Recommendations For Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight of the Use Any Attachment Method Shown With An “X” Below Child + Child Restraint LATCH – Lower Anchors Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Anchors Seat Belt + Top Tether Only + Top Tether Anchor Anchor...
Page 238 SAFETY Crew Cab 60/40 Split Bench LATCH Positions Mega Cab LATCH Positions Crew Cab Full Bench LATCH Positions Top Tether Anchorage Symbol Top Tether Anchorage Symbol Top Tether Anchorage Symbol Lower Anchorage Symbol (2 Anchorages Per Seat- Lower Anchorage Symbol (2 Anchorages Per Seat- Lower Anchorage Symbol (2 Anchorages Per Seat- ing Position) ing Position)
Page 239: Locating The Latch Anchorages
SAFETY Frequently Asked Questions About Installing Child Restraints With LATCH Never “share” a LATCH anchorage with two or more child restraints. If Can two child restraints be attached using a common lower LATCH the center position does not have dedicated LATCH lower anchorages, anchorage? use the seat belt to install a child seat in the center position next to a child seat using the LATCH anchorages in an outboard position.
Page 240: Center Seat Latch
SAFETY Always follow the directions of the child restraint equipped with a tether strap. The tether strap will have manufacturer when installing your child restraint. Not a hook at the end to attach to the top tether anchorage all child restraint systems will be installed as described and a way to tighten the strap after it is attached to the here.
Page 241: How To Stow An Unused Switchable-Alr (Alr) Seat Belt
SAFETY Crew Cab And Mega Cab 5. Tighten all of the straps as you push the child WARNING! restraint rearward and downward into the seat. The seat belts in the passenger seating positions are Remove slack in the straps according to the child •...
Page 242: Lap/Shoulder Belt Systems For Installing Child Restraints In This Vehicle
SAFETY Lap/Shoulder Belt Systems For Installing Child Restraints In This Vehicle Mega Cab/Crew Cab Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) Locations Cinching Latch plate — Cinching Latch plate Regular Cab Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) Locations ALR — Switchable Automatic Locking Retractor Top Tether Anchorage Symbol ALR —...
Page 243: Installing A Child Restraint With A Switchable Automatic Locking Retractor (Alr)
SAFETY Installing A Child Restraint With A Installing A Child Restraint With A 3. Slide the latch plate into the buckle until you hear a Switchable Automatic Locking Retractor “click.” Cinching Latch Plate (CINCH) — (ALR): If Equipped: 4. Pull on the webbing to make the lap portion tight against the child seat.
Page 244: Installing Child Restraints Using The Top Tether Anchorage
SAFETY Installing Child Restraints Using The Top 5. If the child restraint has a top tether strap and the seating position has a top tether anchorage, con- Tether Anchorage nect the tether strap to the anchorage and tighten the tether strap. See page 242 for directions to WARNING! attach a tether anchor.
Page 245 SAFETY 4. Attach the hook to the center tether strap loop (see WARNING! diagram). Tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in front of an air bag. A deploying Passenger Front Air Bag can cause death or serious injury to a child 12 years or younger, including a child in a rear-facing child restraint.
Page 246 SAFETY Center Seat: 2. Attach both hooks to the center tether strap loop, but do not tighten the straps yet. 1. Raise the head restraint and reach between the rear seat and rear glass to access the tether strap loop. 3.
Page 247: Safety Tips
SAFETY Defroster SAFETY TIPS WARNING! Check operation by selecting the defrost mode and It is not possible to know or to predict all of the pos- place the blower control on high speed. You should be TRANSPORTING PASSENGERS sible outcomes if your vehicle’s systems are able to feel the air directed against the windshield.
Page 248: Periodic Safety Checks You Should Make Outside The Vehicle
SAFETY Fluid Leaks WARNING! WARNING! Check area under the vehicle after overnight parking for • • ONLY install floor mats designed to fit your vehicle. It is recommended to only use mild soap and water fuel, coolant, oil, or other fluid leaks. Also, if gasoline NEVER install a floor mat that cannot be properly to clean your floor mats.
Page 249: Carbon Monoxide Warnings
SAFETY The best protection against carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle body is a properly maintained engine exhaust system. Whenever a change is noticed in the sound of the exhaust system, when exhaust fumes can be detected inside the vehicle, or when the underside or rear of the vehicle is damaged, have an authorized dealer inspect the complete exhaust system and adjacent body areas for broken, damaged, deteriorated, or mispositioned...
Page 250: In Case Of Emergency
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: NOTE: HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS If your vehicle is equipped with a 12–inch Uconnect With extended use the Hazard Warning Flashers may display, the Hazard Warning Flashers button is located wear down your battery. The Hazard Warning Flashers button is located on the above the display.
Page 251 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: • The LED within the SOS button will continuously illu- minate red. If the SOS Emergency Call button is accidentally • pushed, there is a 10 second delay before the call is The Emergency Call system is powered by its own placed.
Page 252: Jacking And Tire Changing
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY System Requirements JACKING AND TIRE CHANGING WARNING! • Vehicle must have an operable 4G network connection. • Ignoring the LED on the SOS-Emergency Call but- • Vehicle must be powered with a properly functioning ton could mean you will not have emergency call WARNING! electrical system.
Page 253: Preparations For Jacking
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: If your vehicle is equipped with an air suspension sys- tem, there is a feature which allows the automatic level- ing to be disabled to assist with changing a tire. This feature can be activated through the Uconnect system page 189.
Page 254 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Assembled For Jack Operation There are two ways to assemble the tools: Assembled For Spare Tire Lowering/Raising Jack And Tools Bracket Assembly Assembled For Jack Operation Assembled For Spare Tire Lowering/Raising 1 — Lug Wrench 2 — Extension 2 1 —...
Page 255: Removing The Spare Tire
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: REMOVING THE SPARE TIRE 2. Rotate the lug wrench handle counterclockwise until the spare tire is on the ground with enough cable slack to The winch mechanism is designed for use with the exten- 1. Remove the spare tire before attempting to jack up the allow you to pull it out from under the vehicle.
Page 256 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY See the following steps for proper jacking and tire WARNING! removal: • It is recommended that the wheels of the vehicle 1. Remove the spare wheel, jack, and tools from be chocked, and that no person should be remain storage.
Page 257 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY CAUTION! Do not attempt to raise the vehicle by jacking on loca- tions other than those indicated in the Jacking Instructions for this vehicle. Front Jacking Location When changing the front wheel, assemble the jack driver to the jack and connect the jack driver to the extension tubes.
Page 258: To Stow The Flat Or Spare
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Wheel (DRW) trucks, if the outer tire is being 7. Finish tightening the lug nuts. Push down on the lug TO STOW THE FLAT OR SPARE replaced then leave the inner wheel on the vehicle. wrench at the end of the handle for increased lever- If the inner wheel is being replaced remove the age.
Page 259: Reinstalling The Jack And Tools
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY REINSTALLING THE JACK AND TOOLS 1. Tighten the jack all the way down by turning the jack turn-screw counterclockwise until the jack is snug. 2. Position the jack and tools into bracket assembly. Make sure the lug wrench is under the jack near the jack turn-screw.
Page 260: Hub Caps/Wheel Covers - If Equipped
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY HUB CAPS/WHEEL COVERS — (wheel skins), insert the flat end of the lug wrench JUMP STARTING between the outer edge of the wheel cover and the IF EQUIPPED wheel. Pry against the wheel to remove the wheel cover. If your vehicle has a discharged battery, it can be jump Repeat this procedure around the wheel until the cover The hub caps must be removed before raising the...
Page 261: Preparations For Jump Start
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Connecting The Jumper Cables PREPARATIONS FOR JUMP START WARNING! 1. Connect the positive (+) end of the jumper cable to The battery in your vehicle is located in the front of the • the positive (+) post of the discharged vehicle. Take care to avoid the radiator cooling fan when- engine compartment, behind the driver side headlight ever the hood is raised.
Page 262: Manual Park Release
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY If frequent jump starting is required to start your vehicle See the following steps to use the Manual Park WARNING! you should have the battery and charging system Release: inspected at an authorized dealer. Do not connect the jumper cable to the negative (-) 1.
Page 263: If Your Engine Overheats
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY IF YOUR ENGINE OVERHEATS CAUTION! If the vehicle is overheating, it will need to be serviced Driving with a hot cooling system could damage your by an authorized dealer. vehicle. If the temperature gauge reads HOT (H), pull over and stop the vehicle.
Page 264: Towing A Disabled Vehicle
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY TOWING A DISABLED VEHICLE WARNING! CAUTION! • Fast spinning tires can be dangerous. Forces gener- Racing the engine or spinning the wheels may lead This section describes procedures for towing a disabled vehicle using a commercial towing service. ated by excessive wheel speeds may cause damage, to transmission overheating and failure.
Page 265: Two-Wheel Drive Models
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY • If the key fob is unavailable or the vehicle's battery is Using a suitable steering wheel stabilizer to hold the CAUTION! discharged, find Instructions on shifting the transmis- front wheels in the straight position with the rear wheels raised when and the front wheels ON the sion out of PARK page 260.
Page 266: Enhanced Accident Response System (Ears)
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY WARNING! • Do not use a chain for freeing a stuck vehicle. Chains may break, causing serious injury or death. • Stand clear of vehicles when pulling with tow hooks. Tow straps may become disengaged, caus- ing serious injury.
Page 267: Servicing And Maintenance
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULED SERVICING Refer to the “Service And Warranty Handbook (Auto Biography)” for scheduled servicing. ENGINE COMPARTMENT 6.4L GASOLINE ENGINE 1 — Engine Coolant Pressure Cap 6 — Engine Air Cleaner, Filter 2 — Engine Oil Fill 7 — Power Steering Reservoir Cap 3 —...
Page 268: Checking Oil Level
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE CHECKING OIL LEVEL ADDING WASHER FLUID MAINTENANCE-FREE BATTERY To ensure proper engine lubrication, the engine oil must The fluid reservoir is located under the hood and the Your vehicle is equipped with a maintenance-free bat- be maintained at the correct level. Check the oil level at fluid level should be checked at regular intervals.
Page 269: Pressure Washing
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE The API Starburst trademark certifies CAUTION! WARNING! 0W-20, 0W-30 and 5W-30 engine oils. • If a “fast charger” is used while the battery is in You can be badly injured working on or around a the vehicle, disconnect both vehicle battery cables motor vehicle.
Page 270: Disposing Of Used Engine Oil And Oil Filters
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Disposing Of Used Engine Oil And Oil Engine Air Cleaner Filter Selection 2. Lift the engine air cleaner filter cover to access the Filters engine air cleaner filter. The quality of replacement engine air cleaner filters varies considerably. Only high quality filters should be 3.
Page 271: Air Conditioner Maintenance
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling — The cabin air filter is located in the fresh air inlet behind CAUTION! R-134a — (If Equipped) the glove compartment. Perform the following proce- dure to replace the filter: Do not overtighten the engine air cleaner filter cover R-134a Air Conditioning Refrigerant is a Hydrofluoro- lid screws or damage may result.
Page 272 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE CAUTION! The cabin air filter is identified with an arrow to indi- cate airflow direction through the filter. Failure to properly install the filter will result in the need to replace it more often. 7. Reinstall the glove compartment on the hinges. 8.
Page 273: Accessory Drive Belt Inspection
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 9. Reattach the glove compartment tension tether by BODY LUBRICATION inserting the tether clip in the glove compartment Locks and all body pivot points, including such items as and sliding the clip away from the face of the glove seat tracks, door hinge pivot points and rollers, liftgate, compartment door.
Page 274: Wiper Blade Removal/Installation
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Wiper Blade Removal/Installation NOTE: 2. To disengage the wiper blade from the wiper arm, flip up the locking tab. Life expectancy of wiper blades varies depending on geographical area and frequency of use. Poor perfor- CAUTION! mance of blades may be present with chattering, marks, water lines or wet spots.
Page 275: Exhaust System
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 3. Tilt the lower end of the wiper blade away from the EXHAUST SYSTEM arm and with one finger, push the release tab The best protection against carbon monoxide entry into toward the wiper arm. the vehicle body is a properly maintained engine exhaust system.
Page 276: Cooling System
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Engine Coolant Checks To minimize the possibility of catalytic converter CAUTION! damage: Check the engine coolant (antifreeze) protection every • • Do not interrupt the ignition when the transmission The catalytic converter requires the use of 12 months (before the onset of freezing weather, where is in gear and the vehicle is in motion.
Page 277: Adding Coolant
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE NOTE: • To prevent reducing this extended maintenance period, Mixing engine coolant types is not recommended it is important to use the same engine coolant (OAT and can result in cooling system damage. If HOAT • Mixing of engine coolant (antifreeze) other than coolant conforming to MS.90032) throughout the life of and OAT coolant are mixed in an emergency, have specified Organic Additive Technology (OAT) engine...
Page 278: Brake System
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Disposal Of Used Coolant If an examination of your engine compartment shows BRAKE SYSTEM no evidence of radiator or hose leaks, the vehicle may Used ethylene glycol-based coolant (antifreeze) is a In order to ensure brake system performance, all brake be safely driven.
Page 279: Automatic Transmission
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING! CAUTION! Special Additives • Use only manufacturer's recommended brake fluid If a transmission fluid leak occurs, visit an authorized page 308. Using the wrong type of brake fluid dealer immediately. Severe transmission damage The manufacturer strongly recommends against using can severely damage your brake system and/or may occur.
Page 280: Rear Axle And 4X4 Front Driving Axle Fluid Level
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Lubricant Selection REAR AXLE AND 4X4 FRONT FUSES DRIVING AXLE FLUID LEVEL For further information page 308. General Information NOTE: For normal service, periodic fluid level checks are not required. When the vehicle is serviced for other reasons The presence of water in the gear lubricant will result in WARNING! the exterior surfaces of the axle assembly should be...
Page 281: Power Distribution Center
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Power Distribution Center CAUTION! The Power Distribution Center is located in the engine If it is necessary to wash the engine compartment, compartment near the battery. This center contains take care not to directly hit the fuse box, and the cartridge fuses, micro fuses, relays, and circuit break- windshield wiper motors with water.
Page 282 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Power Distribution Center Location Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – – Spare 60 Amp Yellow – ABS Pump Mtr 60 Amp Yellow – Rad Fan HI / Lo *...
Page 283 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped 50 Amp Red – 400W Inverter 50 Amp Red – Air Suspension Comp 40 Amp Green – STOM 40 Amp Green – Starter Solenoid 20 Amp Blue – NOX Sensor * 30 Amp Pink Gas –...
Page 284 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – – Spare 20 Amp Blue – TRLR Tow B / U 20 Amp Blue – TRLR Tow Park 30 Amp Pink – TRLR Tow – – Spare –...
Page 285 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – 5 Amp Tan Batt Snsr – 20 Amp Yellow TRLR Tow – Lt Turn/Stop – 20 Amp Yellow Non-Memory Adj Pedals * – 10 Amp Red Fwd Utility Lamps –...
Page 286 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – 10 Amp Red DTCM / TCM / FAD MOD / STOM – 15 Amp Blue ECM / PCM / IRCM / AUX Relay Feed / HRLS – 15 Amp Blue ID / Clearance Lt –...
Page 287: Bulb Replacement
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped F102 – 20 Amp Yellow RR HTD ST Left / Run RLY #3 * F103 – 10 Amp Red HeadLamp AFLS * F104 – 20 Amp Yellow UCI Port / USB Rear BULB REPLACEMENT Replacement Bulbs, Names, And Part Numbers In the instance a bulb needs to be replaced, this section includes bulb description and replacement part numbers.
Page 288: Replacing Exterior Bulbs
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Exterior Bulbs Bulb Name Bulb Number Front Position (LED Headlamps) Front Side Marker (Headlamps) Front Fog Lamps (Halogen Reflector Headlamp) H11LL Front Fog Lamps (LED Headlamps) Side Indicators (Front And Side View Mirror) Base Rear Tail/Turn and Stop Lamp 3157K Premium Rear Tail/Turn and Stop Lamp Base Tail/Backup Lamp...
Page 289 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE High Beam 4. Reach through the access hole of the wheel house 6. Rotate the bulb counterclockwise a quarter turn to splash shield and disengage the bulb access cover unlock the bulb from the lamp. See the following steps to replace: by rotating counterclockwise.
Page 290 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Park And Turn Sockets Fog Lamp Bulb Tail Lamp Locations 5. Pull the socket and bulb straight out from the 4. Pull the bulb straight out from the housing. 1 — Tail Lamp housing. 2 — Screws CAUTION! 3 —...
Page 291 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE CAB TOP CLEARANCE LAMPS — IF EQUIPPED 3. Disconnect the wiring harness connectors from the 2. Separate the connector holding the housing and bulb socket. wiring harness to the body. See the following steps to replace: 4. Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise a quarter 3.
Page 292: Tires
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE REAR LAMP BAR ID MARKER (DUAL REAR SIDE MARKER LAMPS (DUAL REAR WHEELS) TIRES WHEELS) — IF EQUIPPED — IF EQUIPPED TIRE SAFETY INFORMATION See the following steps to replace: See the following steps to replace: 1. Loosen the two screws and the housing to gain Tire safety information will cover aspects of the follow- access to the bulb sockets.
Page 293: Tire Loading And Tire Pressure
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Tire Loading And Tire Pressure Tire And Loading Information Placard TIRES — GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE: Tire Pressure The proper cold tire inflation pressure is listed on the driver’s side B-pillar or the rear edge of the driver's side Proper tire inflation pressure is essential to the safe door.
Page 294: Tire Inflation Pressures
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Both underinflation and overinflation affect the stability very important. Increased tire pressure and reduced CAUTION! of the vehicle and can produce a feeling of sluggish vehicle loading may be required for high-speed vehicle response or over responsiveness in the steering. operation.
Page 295: Tread Wear Indicators
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Life Of Tire Damaged Run Flat tires, or Run Flat tires that have WARNING! experienced a loss of pressure should be replaced The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying fac- immediately with another Run Flat tire of identical size Fast spinning tires can be dangerous.
Page 296: Replacement Tires
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Replacement Tires Summer Or Three Season Tires — WARNING! If Equipped The tires on your new vehicle provide a balance of many • Never use a tire with a smaller load index or capac- characteristics. They should be inspected regularly for Summer tires provide traction in both wet and dry con- ity, other than what was originally equipped on wear and correct cold tire inflation pressures.
Page 297: Spare Tires - If Equipped
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE (120 km/h) refer to original equipment or an authorized the driver’s side door opening or on the sidewall of the Collapsible spare tire description example: tire dealer for recommended safe operating speeds, tire. Compact spare tire descriptions begin with the let- 165/80-17 101P.
Page 298: Limited Use Spare - If Equipped
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Limited Use Spare — If Equipped NOTE: Your wheels are susceptible to deterioration caused by salt, sodium chloride, magnesium chloride, calcium If you intend parking or storing your vehicle for an The limited use spare tire is for temporary emergency chloride, etc., and other road chemicals used to melt extended period after cleaning the wheels with wheel use only.
Page 299: Dual Rear Wheels - If Equipped
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Dual Rear Wheels — If Equipped • For the proper maintenance intervals page 265. If the tires are rotated incorrectly, The auto localiza- More frequent rotation is permissible if desired. The tion of the TPIS sensors will fail to locate correctly The tires used on dual wheel assemblies should be reasons for any rapid or unusual wear should be cor- resulting in incorrect locations for the pressure val-...
Page 300: Department Of Transportation Uniform
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION cantly from the norm due to variations TEMPERATURE GRADES in driving habits, service practices, and UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADES The Temperature grades are A (the differences in road characteristics and highest), B, and C, representing the climate.
Page 301: Storing The Vehicle
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE BODYWORK BODY AND UNDERBODY WARNING! MAINTENANCE The temperature grade for this tire is PROTECTION FROM ATMOSPHERIC Cleaning Headlights established for a tire that is properly AGENTS Your vehicle is equipped with plastic headlights and fog inflated and not overloaded. Exces- Vehicle body care requirements vary according to geo- lights that are lighter and less susceptible to stone sive speed, underinflation, or exces-...
Page 302: Special Care
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE • • Use a high quality cleaner wax, such as Mopar® If a lot of driving is done on gravel roads, consider CAUTION! Cleaner Wax to remove road film, stains and to pro- mud or stone shields behind each wheel. tect your paint finish.
Page 303: Interiors
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Stain Repel Fabric Cleaning Procedure — WARNING! WARNING! If Equipped Do not use silicon-based protection products to clean A frayed or torn seat belt could rip apart in a collision Stain Repel seats may be cleaned in the following your bedliner.
Page 304: Cleaning Plastic Instrument Cluster Lenses
SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cleaning Plastic Instrument Cluster CAUTION! Lenses Do not use alcohol and alcohol-based and/or ketone- The lenses in front of the instruments in this vehicle are based cleaning products to clean leather upholstery, molded in clear plastic. When cleaning the lenses, care as damage to the upholstery may result.
Page 305: Technical Specifications
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) BRAKE SYSTEM WHEEL AND TIRE TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS The VIN is found on the left front corner of the instru- If power assist is lost for any reason (for example, ment panel, visible through the windshield. repeated brake applications with the engine off), the brakes will still function.
Page 306: Fuel Requirements - Gasoline Engine
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WARNING! To avoid the risk of forcing the vehicle off the jack, do not tighten the lug nuts/bolts fully until the vehicle has been lowered. Failure to follow this warning may result in personal injury. FUEL REQUIREMENTS — GASOLINE ENGINE Two-Piece Lug Nut 8/10 Lug Nuts/Bolts Torque Patterns...
Page 307: 6.4L Engine
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Poor quality gasoline can cause problems such as hard ETHANOL MATERIALS ADDED TO FUEL starting, stalling, and hesitations. If you experience The manufacturer recommends that your vehicle be Besides using unleaded gasoline with the proper these symptoms, try another brand of gasoline before operated on fuel containing no more than 15% ethanol.
Page 308: Cng And Lp Fuel System Modifications
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CNG AND LP FUEL SYSTEM METHYLCYCLOPENTADIENYL mance in some vehicles. The manufacturer recom- mends that gasoline without MMT be used in your MODIFICATIONS MANGANESE TRICARBONYL (MMT) vehicle. The MMT content of gasoline may not be indi- IN GASOLINE cated on the gasoline pump;...
Page 309: Engine Fluids And Lubricants
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS 6.4L GASOLINE ENGINE Component Fluid, Lubricant, or Genuine Part We recommend using Mopar® Antifreeze/Coolant 10 Year/150,000 Mile Engine Coolant (240,000 km) Formula OAT (Organic Additive Technology). We recommend using Mopar® API Certified SAE 0W-40 Full Synthetic Engine Oil which meets the requirements of the manufacturer Material Standard MS-A0921.
Page 310: Chassis Fluids And Lubricants
We recommend using Mopar® Transfer Case Lubricant for Borg Warner 44-44 and Transfer Case 44-45. We recommend using SAE 75W-85 HD Ram GL-5 Synthetic Axle Lubricant. Limited slip Front and Rear Axle additive is required for limited slip axles. If the axle fluid is not pre-mixed with limited slip additive we recommend using Mopar®...
Page 311: Customer Assistance
CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE FCA INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS SERVICE CONTRACT Mopar® Vehicle Protection Plans offer valuable protec- FCA International Operations LLC and its authorized tion against repair costs when these warranties no lon- Here are the contact details of the FCA Middle East dealers are vitally interested in your satisfaction.
Page 312 INDEX INDEX Air Pressure Tires .....292 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) (Cruise Back Up Camera ....145 Alarm Control) .
Page 313 INDEX Caps, Filler Inspection ....276 Oil (Engine) ....265 Points To Remember .
Page 314 INDEX Enhanced Accident Response Feature ..231, 264 Additives ....305 Head Restraints ....32 Entry System, Illuminated .
Page 315 INDEX Cruise .....99 Load Shed Intelligent Battery Sensor ..91 Daytime Running ....42 Locks Jacking And Tire Changing .
Page 316 INDEX Passive Entry ....23 Radio Pedals, Adjustable ....34 Settings .
Page 317 INDEX Safety, Exhaust Gas ....246 Transfer Case ....112 Sunshade Operation ....65 Safety Information, Tire .
Page 318 INDEX Trailer Towing ....163 Tread Wear Indicators ....293 Wheel Covers ....258 Tread Wear Indicators .
Page 321: Forward Collision Warning
٣٨٦ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ / ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ١٣٠ ... . ٣٣٩ ..٢١٣ ....Cybersecurity ‫/ا...
Page 322 ٣٨٥ (ATC) ‫ا و‬ ‫د‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ٦٢ ....١٠٦ ....٣٣١...
Page 323 ٣٨٤ ‫ر ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫َ د َ رج ا‬ ٣٧ ..... . ٤٥ ......٨١...
Page 324 ٣٨٣ ‫ا اد‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة، ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٧ ..... . ٧٩ ... . ٧٥...
Page 325 ٣٨٢ LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ١١٦, ١١٧, ١٢٠, ١٢١ ..٥٠, ٥١ ....١٢٧ ..... ‫ا‬...
Page 326 ٣٨١ ‫ة أو ا اآ ة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦ ......٢٠٧ ....‫ا‬...
Page 327 ٣٨٠ ‫ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ١٥٩, ١٦١ ..٣٦٢, ٣٦٣ ....‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 328 ٣٧٩ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٠ ....‫د ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ٣٢٨ ....(‫ك‬...
Page 329 ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ ٣٧٨ ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ FCA INTERNATIONAL ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ OPERATIONS LLC ّ Mopar® ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ FCA International Operations ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ر‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ك. إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫آ ً ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 330 ‫أ‬ Mopar® ‫ا‬ ‫ام ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ودة ا‬ ‫ام دة إ‬ ‫م ا‬ .‫ور‬ ‫ ا آ‬SAE 75W-85 HD Ram GL-5 ‫ا‬ ‫ام ز‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا دة ا‬ ،‫ق‬ ‫ودة ا‬ ‫دة إ‬ ً ً ‫و‬...
Page 331 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٣٧٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ك‬ (‫ي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Metric (‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ )ا‬US ) ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫711 ً ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ٌ ز 0053/0052 ذات ا‬ ‫121 ً ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ز 0053/0052 ذات ا‬ —...
Page 332 ٣٧٥ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ E-85 ‫د‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (MMT) ّ ُ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ."‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اق وا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫د إ‬ ‫...
Page 333 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٣٧٤ ‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ك. إن ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ز‬ ‫أداء‬ ‫ث ا زات و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫دي‬ .‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ر‬ ُ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬...
Page 334 ٣٧٣ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي آ أو أ اء‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫دو‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫رات أو ا‬ ‫أ آ ا‬ . ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 335 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٣٧٢ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ (VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ً‫ور‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ً ) ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ (VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 336 ٣٧١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ أو أي‬Mopar® ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ً ‫م‬ .‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ري‬ ‫ء ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا أو ه ا ت‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو أي أدوات دة أ ى‬ ‫م‬...
Page 337 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٠ ‫ة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ش ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ش‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ش ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ه أو‬ ‫ش ا‬ Mopar® ‫ل‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ش...
Page 338 ٣٦٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ، ‫أن‬ ‫4. و‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫دة ا‬ Mopar® Spray-On Bedliner ‫ر أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ت‬ ، ‫وا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أو إ‬ Conditioner ‫آ‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫وش‬...
Page 339 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٨ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫زا‬ ‫رة. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وم‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أو إ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫م.
Page 340 ٣٦٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة وه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ً ء‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫در ت ا‬ ‫إ ء در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إ ر‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 341 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٦ ‫رات ا آ ب‬ ‫إ رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫در ت‬ ‫إ‬ ‫را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫0053 ا‬ ‫دو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ن‬ • . ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫. وه ا‬ ‫وا‬...
Page 342 ٣٦٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫أوزان‬ ‫رة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ :(TPIS) ‫رة و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و م د و‬ • . ‫و‬ ‫ت‬ ،‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫وإ‬ (TPIS) ‫ر‬...
Page 343 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٤ ‫اد‬ ‫م‬ .‫ا ري‬ ً ‫د‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ ة أو‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ء ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ذ أو ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ودة ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 344 ٣٦٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذو ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫أو إ ً را أ‬ ً ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ .165/80-17 101P ً ‫ن ا‬ ‫وذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫إ ر‬ ‫أآ‬...
Page 345 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٢ ‫ام إ ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ل إ رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا د‬ — ‫ل ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫وا ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر إ رات‬ ‫وري ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 346 ٣٦١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ف‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ذات‬ ‫إ رات ا داء، ا‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ر‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ا ت‬ ، ‫، وإ رات ا‬ ‫أو أ‬ ‫أو رة‬ ‫م إ ً را ذي‬ •...
Page 347 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٠ ‫ر ا‬ ‫دوران ا‬ – ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة أ ل‬ ‫( أو‬ / ً / ‫آ‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) Run Flat ‫و‬...
Page 348 ٣٥٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أب = 02 در‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ل: إذا آ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و د د‬ ً ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ودر‬ ‫)86 در‬ ‫ر أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز دة‬ ،( ‫)23 در‬...
Page 349 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٨ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫وا‬ ‫رات ا ردة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫أن دي‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ا دة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ة و م ا‬ ‫ر‬...
Page 350 ٣٥٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫رات و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر ا رد ا‬ ‫ا خ ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ B ‫ا ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات و ود ا‬ ‫ه...
Page 351 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٦ ‫دو ( — إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 352 ٣٥٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ (CHMSL) ‫ي‬ ‫آ ي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ :‫ال‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ ‫آ ه‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (CHMSL) ‫ي‬ ‫آ ي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫3.
Page 353 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٤ ‫ار‬ ‫رب ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. أدر ا‬ ‫ا ذاذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ُ .4 ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رب ا‬ ‫دوران‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار ر‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ح...
Page 354 ٣٥٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫رب ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫6. أدر ا‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ • ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ث ز ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رج ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫7. ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ .‫أ ى‬ ‫ز‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬...
Page 355 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٢ ‫ت ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ة ا ؤ ا‬ ‫ات‬ 3157K ‫ا‬ ‫ف وا‬ ‫ة/ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف وا‬ ‫ة/ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ W21/5W ‫ع‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ (CHMSL) ‫ي‬...
Page 356 ٣٥١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء وأر م ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج. ا‬ ‫س أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ .‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأر م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ، ‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬...
Page 357 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ (IP) ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أزرق‬ ‫51 أ‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ر‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ – ‫ت‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ – –...
Page 358 ٣٤٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ن ا‬ / ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫03 أ‬ – ‫/ ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫52 أ‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ –...
Page 359 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ * ‫ا ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ – ‫ّ زع ا دد‬ / (KIN) ‫ح‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل / و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬...
Page 360 ٣٤٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ – ‫أزرق‬ ‫02 أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ – ‫أزرق‬ ‫02 أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ –...
Page 361 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ (STOM) ‫م ا‬ ‫و ة اآ‬ – ‫أ‬ ‫04 أ‬ ‫ز ء ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ – ‫أ‬ ‫04 أ‬ * NOX – ‫أزرق‬ ‫02 أ‬...
Page 362 ٣٤٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ر‬ – ‫أ‬ ‫06 أ‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫و‬ ‫/ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 363 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٤ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر‬ ‫خ ا‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ي ه ا ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات و ا‬ ‫وق ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ت و ا‬ ‫ة...
Page 364 ٣٤٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ودة ا‬ ‫ا وس ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ادة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. أد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ز‬ ‫ا‬ .(‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ) اد‬ ‫ودة ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ُ ة‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫زا ا‬ .‫س‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ن‬...
Page 365 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٢ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ى ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ذي ا‬ • ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫م إ اء‬ . ‫ا د‬ ‫وف ا‬ ً...
Page 366 ٣٤١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫م ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ 6.4 ‫ك‬ ‫- ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. وإذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫أن‬ ، ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ى أداء‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 367 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٠ • ‫رات أدوات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ء‬ ‫ا ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( وا ي‬OAT) ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذي‬ ‫دا‬ ‫وث‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ MS.90032 ‫ر ا اد ا‬ ‫ت‬...
Page 368 ٣٣٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أو‬ ‫م ا ء‬ ‫ً أو‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫م‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ذات ا‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ، ‫ت‬ ‫ي‬ 12 ‫( آ‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫ك‬...
Page 369 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٨ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ اء‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا د‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز. إ أ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ً إذا آ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫م ا دم‬ ‫إن‬ • ‫آ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ل. و‬ ‫اد‬...
Page 370 ٣٣٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا راع، و‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ .(‫ع‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و‬ .‫ج‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 371 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٦ ‫ن‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫آ /إزا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ج وه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫م دو‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫أو ا و خ‬ ‫ت زا ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 372 ٣٣٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫اب و‬ ‫أ ل ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫دوري‬ ‫ر وا ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬ • ‫ آ‬Mopar® ‫ع‬ ‫ر...
Page 373 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٤ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫آ‬ .‫ا رض‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ف‬ ‫آ‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م آ‬ ‫. دي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ .‫رة‬...
Page 374 ٣٣٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ً ‫وق ا زات‬ ‫ن ب‬ R-1234yf — ‫وإ دة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وق ا زات و‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— )إذا آ‬ .‫وق ا زات‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ه‬R–1234yf ‫ا اء‬ ‫وق ا زات و ر إ‬ ‫رج...
Page 375 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٢ ‫ت )ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫3. أ‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫2. ار‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫م‬ ‫ي‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل. و‬ ‫أو...
Page 376 ٣٣١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫آ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫اد آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ن‬...
Page 377 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٠ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ات‬ ) Hemi ‫آ ت‬ ً ‫ر أ‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ن ا ه ن وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا آ ا‬ ‫ر أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫أ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ات‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ‬...
Page 378 ٣٢٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اءات ا‬ ، ‫ا و‬ ‫ا ء آ ه‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ط، آ أ‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أن‬ ، ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ء أو ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫أي أ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ز...
Page 379 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٢٨ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ور‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ور‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ "(‫رة‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫ن )ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"آ‬ ‫را‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ 6.4L ‫ك ا‬ ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ — 6 ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ — 1 ‫ز‬...
Page 380 ٣٢٧ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫م ا‬ (EARS) ‫رة‬ ‫م‬ • .‫ة أو ا ت‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ • ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 381 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٢٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ز ا‬ ‫ت ا ر‬ ‫ر آ ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ه‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا رض‬ ‫آ و/أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫وث أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫آ...
Page 382 ٣٢٥ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ث‬ ) ‫س‬ ‫( أ ء ا دة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫اءات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ،( ‫ )ا‬Transport ‫و‬ ١٣٩ ‫ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ذات‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 383 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٢٤ • ،‫ت‬ 8 ‫آ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ً ا آ ً ا. و‬ ‫أن‬ ‫رات‬ ‫إدارة ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دي دة ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت إ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫دي ا ة ا‬ ‫ز...
Page 384 ٣٢٣ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ، ‫إ ء ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫4. أ ء‬ ‫و ا راع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ك أو ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 385 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٢٢ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ة أو و ة‬ ‫وث إ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫رة...
Page 386 ٣٢١ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ذات‬ ‫إ اء‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫م‬ ‫3. إذا آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫" ه‬ ‫ك. "ا ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ف ا‬ ،‫زة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر أ ى‬ ‫،...
Page 387 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٢٠ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ذات‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ذات‬ ‫زة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر أ ى‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ي‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫ام‬...
Page 388 ٣١٩ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ز 0053/0052 ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫(، ا‬SRW) ‫وا دوات دا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ء ا ُ ّ ة، َ ّ أد‬ ‫د ا‬ .‫ء...
Page 389 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣١٨ ‫غ أو ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ة‬ ً ‫ر ا‬ ‫1. ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر أو ا ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أو‬ ‫دث...
Page 390 ٣١٧ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وإزا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫آ‬ .‫ا رج‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ،(SRW) ‫ا د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫وم أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر...
Page 391 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣١٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ول ر ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أ ب و‬ ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 392 ٣١٥ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫را‬ :‫ر‬ ‫وإزا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫وا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. أ ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ء‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ل‬ ، ً ‫ون‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا...
Page 393 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣١٤ ‫ص‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫4. ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ )ا‬PARK ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك أ ء و د‬ ‫رة أو و ا‬ ‫ا‬ •...
Page 394 ٣١٣ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫إ اج ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ :‫ا دوات‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ه ك‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫1. أ ج ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫رآ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة. أد‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 395 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣١٢ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫و ا‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫أ ج ا ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫وإ ا‬ ‫رب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وج...
Page 396 ٣١١ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫و د‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫إذا آ ن أي‬ • ‫ى ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ،(‫ة‬ ‫ق أو أ آ‬ ‫وف‬ ‫أو...
Page 397 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣١٠ • ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و د‬ SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫د‬ ، ‫ل ا‬ ‫، أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د‬ ،(‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬RUN ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة آ‬ ‫أي‬ • .( ‫ء، إ‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 398 ٣٠٩ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ام وا‬ ‫إن ا‬ ‫إ اء‬ ‫01 ا ٍ ن‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ن ه ك‬ ، ‫ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ن ه ك‬ ‫م إ ا ً را‬ ‫ر...
Page 399 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٠٨ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫زر وا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫زر وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫زر وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إ...
Page 400 ٣٠٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة ا آ ب. و‬ ‫دا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا دم‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م ا دم‬ ‫ذ ، ا‬ ‫م ا دم إذا‬ ‫ل‬...
Page 401 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٦ ‫ز ا دم‬ ‫إ اؤه‬ ‫ا ور ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رج ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ط أ ء أو ا‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫آ دا‬ • .‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا ذى أو ا‬ ‫أن‬...
Page 402 ٣٠٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اؤه دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وو‬ ‫زر إزا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ر‬ ‫إزا‬ ً ‫ا ص دا‬ • ‫اء ا ي‬ ‫أن‬ ‫. و‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬...
Page 403 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫س‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ّ ل ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫وإ‬...
Page 404 ٣٠٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا أس و‬ ‫1. ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫(. أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬...
Page 405 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٢ ‫ا أس و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ‫2. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا أس‬ ‫ا أس أ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا...
Page 406 ٣٠١ ‫ا‬ Mega‫ و‬Regular ‫از‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إ ء زر ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ :Cab ‫ات‬ ‫ل. آ ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ًا‬ ،‫ا رج‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫، آ ل آ‬ ‫أ‬...
Page 407 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٠ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ .‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ل‬ ‫( ا‬ALR) ‫ا و‬ 25.4 ‫ك آ‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ام‬ ‫ر ا‬ .‫ام‬...
Page 408 ٢٩٩ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫از‬ (ALR) ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Mega Cab/Crew Cab ‫از‬ (ALR) ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Regular Cab ‫ج ا‬ ‫— ح ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 409 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٨ ‫ة‬ ‫د‬ ‫آ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫رج‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ف‬ ، ‫. إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫أ ى إ‬ ‫( ا‬ALR) ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ • ‫ت‬ (ALR) ‫ا...
Page 410 ٢٩٧ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ أو‬Crew Cab ‫از‬ ّ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م و‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ً أ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن إ‬ ‫ه ا. وإذا آ ن‬ ‫ت‬ :Mega Cab ‫از‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 411 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٦ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن‬ (LATCH) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن دا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و دة ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل. و ف‬ ‫ا‬ .
Page 412 ٢٩٥ ‫ا‬ (LATCH) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل آ‬ ‫او‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬Regular Cab ‫از‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن و‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫: ا‬Crew Cab ‫از‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Mega/Regular Cab ‫از‬ ‫ح...
Page 413 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٤ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أو ع‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أو ع‬ Crew ‫از‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (LATCH) Mega Cab ‫از‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ (LATCH) ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ (‫س‬ ‫ن‬ ُ) ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 414 ٢٩٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ LATCH ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ (LATCH) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أو ع‬ ‫از‬ 60/40 ّ َ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (LATCH) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت...
Page 415 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٢ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫" أد‬X" ‫آ‬ ‫م أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا زن ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ + ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ - ا‬LATCH ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ - ا‬LATCH ‫م‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 416 ٢٩١ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫3. ه‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ر وا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫وا راع؟‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫وزا ا‬ ‫ل‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫ا ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬...
Page 417 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٠ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ُ ‫ا ع ا‬ ‫أو وز أو‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل أو ا زن‬ ‫ود ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو أ‬ ‫ن‬...
Page 418 ٢٨٩ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م وأ اع‬ ‫ه ك أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ً ‫ل ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً و‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ءا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رآ ب‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ام أ ن‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬...
Page 419 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٨ (EDR) ‫ادث‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ادث‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫دم آ ؛ و‬ ‫وث‬ ‫( إ‬EDR) ‫ادث‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ز‬ ‫(. ا ف ا‬EDR) ‫وف...
Page 420 ٢٨٧ ‫ا‬ • ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك )إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ق ا اء ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و ع دث، آ‬ ‫إر دات ا‬ ،...
Page 421 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٦ • ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ت‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫د‬ .‫ب‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ات و‬ ‫ة، وإذا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ب إذا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 422 ٢٨٥ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة ا آ ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذات ا او أو ذات ا زا‬ ‫د ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا أس‬ ‫إ‬ (SABIC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 423 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٤ ‫آ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أي‬ • ‫أي أ ء‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م أ‬ ‫ة راد‬ ‫أو أ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ار أو أ‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أداء‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ . ‫ذ‬ ‫، و إ‬ ‫ت...
Page 424 ٢٨٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫و ً ا ن‬ 3500 ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ن‬ ‫ور ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫أو‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أي‬ • ‫ات‬ ‫ذا‬...
Page 425 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٢ ‫وا اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 2500 ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ن‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ي ه ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا دة أو‬ ‫ًا‬ ً ‫إن‬ • ‫. ا‬ ‫وا اآ ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 426 ٢٨١ ‫ا‬ • ً ‫( أ‬ORC) ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫ي و ة ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫د ت ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دة...
Page 427 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٠ ‫ا‬ ‫و ً دا‬ ‫س ا اآ‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫دي، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( و‬ALR) ‫ا و‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و‬ • ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا خ ا‬ • ‫ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام...
Page 428 ٢٧٩ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ل إزا ا ر ء‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ .‫دم‬ ‫و ع‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ، ‫أي راآ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إذا‬ • .‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫ام...
Page 429 ‫ا‬ ٢٧٨ ‫ض إذا آ ن‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫ن ا و‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫إر دات‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ .‫ض‬ ‫ام ا‬ ، ً Regular Cab ‫) از‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫از‬...
Page 430 ٢٧٧ ‫ا‬ ّ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫، إذا آ‬ ‫ة أ‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫6 إ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ً ، وإذا آ‬ ‫أآ ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ج، أ‬ ‫ق ح ا‬ ً ‫ام ا‬ ّ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ل‬ ‫أ ق‬ ‫اث‬ ‫او 081 در‬ ‫ن...
Page 431 ‫ا‬ ٢٧٦ ‫ح‬ ‫ً ، أد‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫3. و‬ ‫ض/ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت ا ي ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً وا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا ب‬ ‫رة وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. اد‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ام...
Page 432 ٢٧٥ ‫ا‬ ِ ‫ أو إ ء‬BeltAlert ‫ة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ء‬ FCA ‫آ‬ ُ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار اء‬ ‫أن‬ • .BeltAlert ‫دي إ‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ض‬ ‫دم. و‬ ‫و ع‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا...
Page 433 ‫ا‬ ٢٧٤ ‫ة‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام )إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أ ن ا‬ ‫م ا آ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ BeltAlert (BeltAlert) ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ ‫...
Page 434 ٢٧٣ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫أ‬ .‫أ ًا‬ ‫ذرا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫أه‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫اءة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫ات...
Page 435 ‫ا‬ ٢٧٢ ‫ض‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ف‬ ،‫م‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ت‬ (TPIS) ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ SERVICE TPM" ‫ة ا س ر‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ر‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫إ ار‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ 3500 ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ) "SYSTEM ‫ء...
Page 436 ٢٧١ ‫ا‬ • ‫ات إذا‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م ز دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ور ا‬ ‫ذ ، و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ .‫ر‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر أ ء‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬...
Page 437 ‫ا‬ ٢٧٠ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ر ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ه ا‬ Trailer" ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫د إ‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ .٢١٣ ‫ا اد‬ "Tire Pressure System Service Required ‫رات‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه اء إ رات ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 438 ‫إ ان آ إ ر‬ ‫ ا‬Ram .‫ان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ب‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ات وو د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫، ا أ إ اء‬ ‫ أو وه‬Ram ‫م‬ ‫ث د‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا ا‬ (‫ادات‬ ‫ )ا‬Settings ‫ل إ‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 439 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٨ ‫رة‬ ‫ه اء إ رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ) "SERVICE TPM SYSTEM" ،‫ً دا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً دا. إذا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ––...
Page 440 ٢٦٧ ‫ا‬ • ‫ض‬ ‫( و‬TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫د ا‬ .(XX ‫ر إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م‬ ) "SERVICE TPM SYSTEM" ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ، ‫رات ا‬ ‫ه...
Page 441 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٦ ، ‫ه ا‬ . ً (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ • ‫ر‬ ‫ا د‬ ‫إ اءات ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫وه ا ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫رات إ‬ ‫ا‬ (TPMS) ‫وث‬ ً ‫آ أ‬ ‫أو‬ .‫رة‬ ُ...
Page 442 ٢٦٥ ‫ا‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ .(TPMS) 1 ‫ار‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ً ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ (PEB) ‫ة‬ ‫ارئ ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و دي‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫و‬ ً (‫ل‬ ‫)7 آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ...
Page 443 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٤ • ‫إ‬ ‫م. ور‬ ‫دا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ه ا إ‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫وف ا د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ (PEB) ‫ة‬ ‫ارئ...
Page 444 ٢٦٣ ‫ا‬ • ‫دم ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫و‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"، دي ه ا إ‬ ‫"إ ف ا‬ (FCW) ‫د أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫( إ‬ ) "Near" ‫اد‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 445 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٢ • ‫( أ ً ا‬FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا أ‬ ،‫م‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫(، ن‬ / ً / ‫25 آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل دورة‬ ‫ات‬ ‫أر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وث...
Page 446 ٢٦١ ‫ا‬ • (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫9 أ ر )02 ً إ‬ ‫6 أ ر إ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا ط ا‬ — ( ً 30 ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫م ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 447 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٠ • ‫ا‬ ‫"و‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫د ا‬ ،" ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ذات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إدارة‬...
Page 448 ٢٥٩ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫أو ع ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ،(RCP) ‫ا ط ا‬ ) Blind Spot Alert ‫ار‬ ‫ورة إ‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫و د‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر ا‬ ،‫رة‬...
Page 449 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٨ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أد ، وا‬ ‫ً آ‬ /‫أ ل‬ ‫ار‬ (BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ً / ً / ‫23 آ‬ ‫ار وا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫آ ف ا‬ .‫ا رات‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ام إ رة ا‬ ‫وا‬...
Page 450 ٢٥٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ (BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا آ ف‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫د‬ ‫( ا‬BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 451 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٦ Spot Temporarily Unavailable, Wipe ‫( رة‬BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ، ً ‫ة‬ ‫" )ا ط ا‬Rear Corners ً 12 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫وا ة‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا وا ا‬ ‫ة...
Page 452 ٢٥٥ ‫ا‬ (TSC) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و ة ا‬ (RAB) ‫ا ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ (TSC) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ (RAB) ‫ا ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رة آ ف و د‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 453 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٤ • (HSA) ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ة ا س و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا ٍ ن‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬ (HDC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ه ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬...
Page 454 ٢٥٣ ‫ا‬ • • ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ /‫)6.5 أ ل‬ / ‫( = 9 آ‬ ‫9 )ا س ا‬th .‫َ ّ رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ • ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫ب...
Page 455 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٢ ‫( - إذا‬HDC) ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫( و‬ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫( إ‬ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ (ESC) ‫و‬...
Page 456 ٢٥١ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( - إذا آ‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Full Off ‫و‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ودة و‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Full Off" ‫و‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫دي...
Page 457 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٠ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ) ESC On ‫ر ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ( ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫و ع‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ر ه ا‬ ‫وا ه وا‬ ‫ا ا ة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 458 ٢٤٩ ‫ا‬ (EBD) ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫م ز‬ (EBD) ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫م ز‬ ‫وف‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫إدارة ز‬ ‫ت...
Page 459 ‫ا‬ ٢٤٨ ‫ه‬ .(TCS) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫( و‬HSA) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إذا أ‬ ‫رة وإ‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫أ ع و‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ،(ABS) ‫وف ا دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ق. إذا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 460 ٢٤٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫و ع‬ (ABS) ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ • .‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫أداء‬ ‫ه ر‬ ‫ا‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ا...
Page 461 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٦ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ه‬ ‫" )ا‬Use this Trailer" ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫دي ا‬ ، ‫رة ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء أي‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫اد( إ‬ ‫ )ا‬Setup ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬...
Page 462 ٢٤٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Light Check in" ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ره‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ .(‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" ) ري‬Progress Light Check ‫ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ “Cancel Light ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ن ا‬ ‫إ‬ Light Check ‫ء( إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬...
Page 463 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٤ (‫ات‬ ‫ )ا‬CAMERAS ‫رة، ن‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ (‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬More Cams ‫ر زر‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Camera ‫ر‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك إ‬ ‫رة( إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ) "Trailer Tow Pages" ‫إ...
Page 464 ٢٤٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ) Trailer Info ‫ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) TRAILER INFO ‫و اد‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫إ ر ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و ض‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ Trailer Info ‫ا‬...
Page 465 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٢ FORWARD FACING CAMERA ‫ا‬ (‫م‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Suspension" ‫ض‬ .‫رة‬ ‫رة وار ع ا آ ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ Forward Facing ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫( إ‬ ‫" )ا‬Suspension" ‫آ‬ ‫رؤ‬...
Page 466 ٢٤١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ر‬ (‫ق‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ )ا ر‬Pitch & Roll ‫ض‬ ‫رة )ار ع ا او‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا ر‬ ‫ق ) آ ا او‬ ‫( وا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ )ا ر‬Pitch & Roll .‫ر ت‬ .‫رة‬...
Page 467 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٠ ‫س‬ ) ACCESSORY GAUGE ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫1 — در‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫2 — در‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ )ا‬Accessory Gauge ‫ض‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫5 - در‬ ‫ودر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا اه‬ ‫( ا‬...
Page 468 ٢٣٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ )د‬VEHICLE DYNAMICS ‫1 - زاو ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫3 — ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ )د‬Vehicle Dynamics ‫ض‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ — 4 ‫وزاو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة( ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت...
Page 469 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٨ OFF-ROAD PAGES ‫ا‬ — 1 ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ /‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ — 2 (‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫3 — ا ر ع‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) Off-Road Pages ‫ت وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫ا‬ — 4 ‫ت‬ ‫ء...
Page 470 ٢٣٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ OFF-ROAD PAGES ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد وا‬ — (‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ ، ‫وف‬ ً ‫ش أو‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ً...
Page 471: Clear Personal Data
‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٦ ‫إ دة ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫دة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ دة ا‬Reset ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ى‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وإ دة‬ ‫ت...
Page 472 ٢٣٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ت ا ا‬ .Uconnect ‫اد ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ( ‫ت ا ا‬ ) Software Updates ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬...
Page 473 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٤ (‫رات‬ ‫ )ا‬Notifications .‫م‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫رات‬ ‫ )ا‬Notifications ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ران ه‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إر...
Page 474: Volume Adjustment
٢٣٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Audio ‫ت‬ ‫رة، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ن ه ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Audio ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ذآ‬ ‫ت أو ه‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫،...
Page 475: Wheel Alignment
‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ( ‫ا ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Suspension/Air Suspension ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 476 ٢٣١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) رات إ ف‬Engine Off Options/(‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) رات إ ف‬Key Off Options ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) رات إ ف‬Engine Off Options/(‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) رات إ ف‬Key Off Options ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 477 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٠ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ق‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اد إ‬ ‫دي ه ا ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ور‬ ) Sound Horn with Remote Start ( ُ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ء ا‬Unlock ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 478 ٢٢٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫ )ا ا‬Brakes ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ( ‫ا ا‬ ) Brake Service ‫ل‬...
Page 479 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢٨ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫وا ر‬ ‫ءة ا ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫اء‬ ‫ )ا‬Lights ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ َ ُ ‫ة‬ ‫. وه ا‬ ‫ر أو إ ف‬ ‫اء...
Page 480 ٢٢٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف أو‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ض ا ط ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ، ‫ة ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫( أو‬ ‫" )إ ف ا‬Off" ‫ه‬ ‫رات...
Page 481 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢٦ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .(4 ‫رة‬ ‫" )ا‬Trailer 4"‫رة 3( و‬ ‫" )ا‬Trailer 3"‫رة 2( و‬ ‫" )ا‬Trailer 2"‫رة 1( و‬ ‫" )ا‬Trailer 1" ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ) Trailer Select ‫رات ا‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ‫رة ه‬ ‫ت...
Page 482 ٢٢٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة( — إذا آ‬ ‫رة/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) ا‬Trailer Brake/Trailer .‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫رة/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" ) ا‬Trailer Brake/Trailer" ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬...
Page 483 ‫رات ا‬ ‫م. ا‬ ) "Wake Up" ‫آ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )آ‬Wake Up Word .(Ram ، ً ) "Hey, Ram"‫( و‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ً ) "Uconnect "Off"‫( و‬ ‫" )ا‬On" ‫ه‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫رة. ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إآ ل ا‬...
Page 484 ٢٢٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Bluetooth®/ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ذآ‬ ‫أو ه‬ ‫ت ر‬ ‫ز‬ Bluetooth® ‫ل‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ Bluetooth®/( ‫ )ا‬Phone ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫ت أو ا ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬...
Page 485: Time Format
‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢٢ ‫وا ر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ( ‫وا ر‬ ‫ )ا‬Clock & Date ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 486 ٢٢١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) "Low" ‫ه‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ ا‬ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ) Front Parksense Volume .(‫" ) ٍ ل‬High"‫( و‬ ) "Medium"‫و‬ ‫ ا‬Parksense ) "Low"...
Page 487 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢٠ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ً ‫رات و‬ ‫ه ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ادات أ ن ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ن‬ ‫ة ا دة/ا‬ ) Safety/Driving Assistance ‫زر‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ذ‬...
Page 488 ٢١٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )إ ف‬Off"‫( و‬ ‫" )ا‬On" ‫َ ر‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫درج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ر‬App Drawer Favoriting Popups ‫ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫درج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )إ ف‬Off"‫( و‬ ‫"...
Page 489 ‫م. ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ) "Wake Up" ‫آ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )آ‬Wake Up" Word .(Ram ، ً ) "Hey, Ram"‫( و‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ً ) "Uconnect ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬...
Page 490: Set Theme
٢١٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ) My Profile .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ) My Profile ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 491 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢١٦ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ABCDEF" ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اد إ‬ ‫دي ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) Keyboard (QWERTY ) "QWERTY Keyboard"‫( و‬ABCDEF ) "Keyboard .(AZERTY ) "AZERTY Keyboard"‫و‬ ( ‫" )داآ‬Dark"‫( و‬ ) "Light"...
Page 492 ٢١٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ض‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع، و ن‬ ‫(، وا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ض‬ ‫" )ا‬Display" ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ : ‫ه‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬...
Page 493 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢١٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ ا‬Uconnect 5/5 NAV ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ Uconnect 5 NAV ‫ت و م‬ ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫، ا‬Uconnect 5 ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ )ا‬Vehicle ‫أ‬ (‫ادات‬ ‫...
Page 494 ٢١٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زري‬ ً ‫ أ‬Uconnect ‫م‬ UCONNECT ‫أ‬ MUTE‫( و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬SCREEN OFF Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫)آ ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ /‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أد‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫ود‬...
Page 495 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢١٢ • ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إر دات ا دة‬ ‫أو ا ء، أو‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ق‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا ت و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫وف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 496 ٢١١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا ء ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫إر دات ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا ء ا اآ‬ ً ‫آ دا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫اف‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ء ا اآ ا‬ ً ‫ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 497 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢١٠ • .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Neutral ‫زر‬ ،( ‫)ا‬ ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ )ا‬Neutral ‫زر‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫)ا‬ . ً ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫9. ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا...
Page 498 ٢٠٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ NEUTRAL ‫و‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫9. ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(. أ‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ودة‬...
Page 499 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٨ ‫ا‬ ‫م - ُ ز ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن دي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ت ا‬ ‫و د ا‬ ‫ا‬ • . ‫اء ذ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫آ...
Page 500 ٢٠٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ • • ‫ك إ‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD LOW ‫آ ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ .
Page 501 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٦ ‫ج‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ .‫ا آ ب‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ت وا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫رو‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذاة ا‬ ‫ى...
Page 502 ٢٠٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا وس ا ا‬ ‫آ وذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا راع‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف إ‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ ، ‫رة‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ل ه ا ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ارة. دي ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون ار ع در‬ ‫وا‬...
Page 503 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٤ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫4 إ‬ ‫ن( 1 و2 و‬ ‫ل )ا‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫/ا دة‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫أ د/أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف إ‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ز إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 504 ٢٠٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ • • ‫رة )أو أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ُ ‫ز‬ ‫أو‬ ‫رة ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق رب‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ع ا ا‬ ‫(.
Page 505 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٢ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ور، ا‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ ‫ة وأ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫1. آ‬ 40‫03 و‬ ‫اوح‬ ‫ف و‬ ) "TRAILER TOW" ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫وآ ا‬ ‫. را‬ ‫و‬...
Page 506 ٢٠١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء إ‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا ز‬ ‫ز دة ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫أي‬ ‫و دي‬ • ‫إدارة‬ ‫ل آ‬ ‫م و د ا‬ ‫ل اآ ف‬ ‫و‬ ‫أن‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫زر‬...
Page 507 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٠ • ‫ر ا‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫إ اءات ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ .٣٥٧ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ز ا زن ا‬ • ‫ل‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ز دة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ذات رة‬ ‫ه‬ ‫دم. ا‬ ‫وث‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ت...
Page 508 ١٩٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫: ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫5. ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ءا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا اء‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 72 ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ع ا ر دات ا‬ ُ...
Page 509 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٨ • • ‫ءة‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ذاآ ة ا‬ Trailer Steering Canceled" ‫ض‬ ‫ا داء‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" ) إ ء‬Hands On Wheel Detected ‫ة‬ ً ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 510 ١٩٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ • Trailer Steering Ready Shift" ‫ض‬ DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫ة‬ ‫إ ء ا‬ ‫أ ء إر ع‬ ‫د وا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ "To R And Use Knob To Steer Trailer ‫21 آ / ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 511 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٦ ‫ة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫د اآ ل ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ُ ى‬ ‫ة ا‬ .‫ام‬ To“ ‫ر‬ / ‫)84 آ‬ Enable Trailer Steering Shift to P” ‫رة إ‬ "P ‫إ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ " .‫ة‬ ‫اآ ل ا‬ ‫رة‬...
Page 512 ١٩٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ،‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء ا دة ا د إ‬ — ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وزن‬ ‫ت أ‬ ُ) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أوزان‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ط أن‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا...
Page 513 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٤ ‫ر دوران دي‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن ز ا زن‬ ‫رة دون‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. ار‬ ‫ل ار ع ُ ز‬ ‫س‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذات رن‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ( ) 2500/3500 ‫رة ا‬ ‫ر ا وران ا‬ ‫ق‬...
Page 514 ١٩٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ن ز ا زن وا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ن ار ع‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫( أو‬SRH) ‫ام ار ع ا دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ) ا‬ (H2-H1)/2+H1 ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 515 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫وزن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م‬ • ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا ه‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ة‬ ‫دة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ر...
Page 516 ١٩١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫وزن ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا زن ا رغ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫( ه وزن ا‬GTW) ‫رة‬ ‫وزن ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا زن ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا زن ا رغ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫وز‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا اد ا‬ ‫وزن ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ذ‬...
Page 517 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٠ ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ LOOSE FUEL FILLER CAP ‫ر‬ (GAWR) (‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م‬ ‫) م إ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أو ب ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫إ‬ ً ‫ا‬ • ‫( ه‬GAWR) ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫ل...
Page 518 ١٨٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ة آ‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ،AUX ‫ات‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ .(AUX) ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ AUX 1 ‫ا ر‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ّ ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ض...
Page 519 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٨ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫و‬ ‫ات‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا أو ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ Trailer Surround ‫ل زر‬ Uconnect ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 520 ١٨٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫دي ا‬ .(‫رة‬ ‫ة ا‬ ) Trailer Rear ‫أو‬ ‫أو ع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫إ دة ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ض‬ ، ‫ات ذات ا او ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ا إ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫م...
Page 521 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٦ ،(‫رة‬ ‫ ) ع ا‬Trailer Type ‫ا ر‬ Trailer ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ Uconnect ،‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ذات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ /‫ف‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أو ذات‬ :‫ران‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ )إ ادات ا‬Trailer Settings (‫رة‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 522 ١٨٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل إ‬ More ‫د زر‬ ،( ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫م آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫و ع إ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ا ؤ‬ (‫ات‬...
Page 523 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٤ X ‫ا ر‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫( ا ص‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ، ‫د‬ ) More Cams ‫زر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ / ‫31 آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ع‬ ‫رة أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬...
Page 524 ١٨٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫د‬ ‫و‬ ً ‫/ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ب، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ )ا دة( أو و‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫ا وس‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ ) ل‬Accept ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬...
Page 525 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٢ ‫( أو زر‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ )آ‬Back Up Camera ‫/ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫( أو زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )آ‬Cargo Camera ‫ن‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫رة آ‬ ‫ض‬ • ‫( أو ا‬D) ‫ا دة‬ ‫و‬...
Page 526 ١٨١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫رة أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ض آ‬ ّ ً ً ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫إدارة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫رة أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 527 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٠ ‫ي‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ض‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ — ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫م آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫01 ا ٍ ن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬...
Page 528 ١٧٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أ ء و د ا‬ ‫/ ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫اآ‬ ، ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ض‬ ،(‫ )ا دة‬DRIVE ‫و‬...
Page 529 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٨ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ اج ا‬ ParkView ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ض‬ ،‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫01 ا...
Page 530 ١٧٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ • • .‫ات‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ف إ‬ ‫ام إ رة ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ :‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫ )ا‬LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة إ‬ ‫ف ور‬ ،‫ا رة‬ ‫إ‬...
Page 531 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٦ LANESENSE ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا رة‬ ‫ف آ‬ ‫ى — اآ‬ ‫درة ا رة ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫م ه ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫درة‬ ‫ة ا س إذا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ • (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫)ا‬ (‫ر ا رة‬ ‫...
Page 532 ١٧٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ )ا‬LANESENSE ‫م‬ ‫ون‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ف، أو‬ ‫ل إ رة ا‬ ‫ون ا‬ ‫رج رة ا‬ ‫ا رة( أو إ ف‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫در ا‬ ‫ة‬...
Page 533 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٤ ‫ر ه‬ ‫رة. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ اس ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل. إذا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫أدر‬ ،‫أ ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و خ أو أي‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫ر، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 534 ١٧٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ارات ا‬ ‫ا ا ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ء‬ ) None (‫ء‬ ) None (‫ء‬ ) None ‫اس - ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ( ) No ( ) No ( ) No ‫ا اد‬ ‫/ا‬...
Page 535 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٢ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا اب ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر ا‬ ُ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر و/أو‬ ‫ً دا‬ ً ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر و/أو‬ ‫اآ ف‬ .‫ة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫وا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 536 ١٧١ ‫ا ء وا‬ PARKSENSE ‫م‬ ‫ض‬ . ‫اآ ف ا ا‬ ‫ )ا دة(، و‬DRIVE ‫(، أو و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ض ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ف وا‬ ‫ً ء‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 537 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٠ ،‫م‬ ‫ص ه ا ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫د وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م وا‬ ‫ا‬ .١٧٤ ‫إ‬ ‫ار‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫دو‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وإذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ات‬ ParkSense ‫م...
Page 538 ١٦٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ً ‫. آ‬ ‫ا رة أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا م ا‬ ‫ل ا ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫دا ً و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن أداء و ة ا‬ .‫ل‬...
Page 539 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٨ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ث‬ ،‫وف ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا آ ف. و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ACC/FCW Limited Functionality" ‫ا‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ /(ACC) ‫ا‬...
Page 540 ١٦٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا ض وا‬ ‫ات‬ ACC / FCW Unavailable" ‫إذا آ ن ا‬ • "‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ادار ا‬ " ACC/FCW" ‫ر ر‬ ‫" )و ة ا‬Wipe Front Radar Sensor Unavailable Wipe Front Radar ACC/FCW Unavailable Wipe" ‫دم...
Page 541 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٦ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أ ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ء‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ، ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫اآ ف ه ف(، و م ا‬ (! ‫" )ا ا‬BRAKE!" ‫ر‬...
Page 542 ١٦٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ / ‫)آ‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ (ACC) • SET ‫( )+( أو‬ ) SET ‫زر‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ث‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ط‬ ‫وا‬ 1 ‫ار‬...
Page 543 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٤ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫و د‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫إ‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ا...
Page 544 ١٦٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ / ‫03 آ‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ (ACC) • ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أ ء ا دة‬ ‫ب...
Page 545 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٢ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ )إ ف‬Adaptive Cruise Control Off ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ة ا س إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 546 ١٦١ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ (ACC) ○ ‫رة‬ ‫ً أ ء ا ع‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ة. ا‬ ‫دة أ‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫(( ا‬ACC) (ACC) ‫ا‬...
Page 547 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٠ ‫ف ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ، ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة أو‬ . ‫ر‬ (‫ف‬ ‫ )ا‬RES ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة د . و‬ ‫وز...
Page 548 ١٥٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة وا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل، إذا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫/إ ف ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن و ة ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫اد آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫...
Page 549 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٨ ‫ة‬ ‫و ر ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ /‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أ م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف او 09 در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫رج‬...
Page 550 ١٥٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر وا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫71. أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫اء‬ ‫. آ ر ه ا ا‬ ‫إذا م ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ّ ن دا ً و ة ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 551 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٦ ○ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫. أ ء‬ ‫41. أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ه‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وو د‬ ‫و‬ ‫ذ‬...
Page 552 ١٥٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫21. ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل أ‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫وق ا‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫دوج‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع دارة ذراع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫أ‬...
Page 553 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٤ ‫ف. و ر‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ع وار‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫. ار‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ .( ً ‫ف )إذا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ت ا‬ ً ‫ً ا‬ ‫ط‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 554 ١٥٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ص ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ول‬ • .‫ع‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ع: ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫َ ّ ف دا‬ • ، ‫ا‬ ‫ل أو ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ً...
Page 555 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٢ ‫ع ا ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ك ا‬ :‫ك‬ ‫2. ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ُ ‫ا‬ : ُ ‫ا‬ ‫و...
Page 556 ١٥١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ع إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ‫. و‬ ‫ى‬ ‫رة‬...
Page 557 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٠ ‫ة‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ل إذا م ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ن. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع. وإذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ز دة ة‬ ‫زاو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ً‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة‬...
Page 558 ١٤٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ر . و‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ه وا‬ ‫ن ه ك‬ ٍ ، ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ رة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. وإذا آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ . ‫ام ا ا‬ ‫ق...
Page 559 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٨ .‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫. وإذا آ ن‬ ‫وإ‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ن‬ ‫ورك‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ًا‬ ‫ر‬ .‫و ر‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 560 ١٤٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ – ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫رات‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ذ . إذا م ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫س‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ز دة ا‬ ‫ت إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫أو‬...
Page 561 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٦ • .‫د‬ ‫آ ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، را‬ ‫د‬ – ‫ه‬ ‫د‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إذا‬ .‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫د‬ . ‫ار‬ ‫و ى ا‬ ‫ر‬...
Page 562 ١٤٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر أو أ ود أو أرض‬ ‫واد‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ورات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫رة. إذا آ‬ ‫ة د ا‬ ‫ظ‬...
Page 563 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٤ ‫ً و ً را‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا دة أآ‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ذ‬ .‫ق‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا...
Page 564 ١٤٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا ء‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ف أ ار ا‬ ‫ة ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذاة ا‬ ، ‫ا ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ً را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ذاة دة ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رة...
Page 565 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٢ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ، ‫آ ت ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن آ ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ 1.9) 48.3 ‫ر ع آ‬ ‫ )ا‬REAR LOCK ‫زر‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ 1.5) 38.1‫و‬...
Page 566 ١٤١ ‫ا ء وا‬ .‫رض‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إ ى ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ى‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ول‬ • ‫ا رة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 567: Bed Lowering
‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٠ • .‫ات‬ ‫ء أي‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ ‫م. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Transport ‫و‬ ‫رة أو إ ء‬ ‫ل دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ .‫م‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا ر‬ ‫ر...
Page 568 ١٣٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ - (ATH) ‫رة ا‬ ‫ار ع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ً (‫وا ة‬ • ‫رة‬ ‫ار ع ا‬ ‫ُ ز 0053 إ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 569 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٨ ً‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ - ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬H ‫( إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2 )ا‬H ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط‬ ‫رات أو‬ ‫وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آ...
Page 570 ١٣٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ن‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. أ ا دة‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ • ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ة ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 571 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٦ ‫اوح‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2( إ‬WD) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3 أ ل‬ ‫2 إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫5 آ‬ ‫3 إ‬ ‫وز‬ ‫ك و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز دة‬ ‫س‬...
Page 572 ١٣٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ )ا‬LOW ‫رات و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ PARK ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ • .‫ا دة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫، آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ دة‬ ً ‫ك. ا ص دا‬ ‫رة‬...
Page 573 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٤ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD LOW ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ُ - ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م إ ء ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إن‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. وه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 574 ‫د‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ، ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا ا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ وذ‬Ram ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫وا‬ https://www.ramtrucks.com/ ‫ا‬ ً ‫و ع دث‬ ‫وه‬...
Page 575 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٢ ‫ا س‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ل، إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق س‬ (ERS) ‫ق‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا س‬ ‫س أ‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫وف، دي ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ .١٣٢ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ت...
Page 576 ١٣١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ت ا وس‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا وس‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ام و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ط‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا وس‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫( إ‬ ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL ‫( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫ف‬ ‫( و‬ ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL NEUTRAL ‫( أو و‬ ‫...
Page 577 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٠ ‫ت‬ -8 ‫ـ‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ )ا دة( إ‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫د ا وس‬ ‫ام‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 578 ١٢٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)أو‬ ‫ب‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ • ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫وج‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ل إ (، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬...
Page 579 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٢٨ ‫ح‬ ‫أ ء و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ،( ‫ )ا‬ON ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫أ ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ون‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا...
Page 580 ١٢٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ — ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ — ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن آ‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ، ‫ز ء ا‬ ‫وث ا‬ ‫و‬ .‫ة ا ا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك آ‬ ‫دارة ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫آ‬ ‫وا‬...
Page 581 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٢٦ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ — ( ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD Low ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ Normal" ‫إ اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ )ا آ ا و‬AutoPark ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ...
Page 582 ١٢٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ AutoPark Engaged Shift" ‫م رؤ‬ ‫ة‬ ) "To P Then Shift To Gear ‫دون‬ ‫آ وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ، ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م...
Page 583 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٢٤ ON/RUN ‫ت( وو‬ ‫ )ا‬ACC ‫( وو‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫ )ا آ‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫4. إذا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ول‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق(. و‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ENGINE START/ ‫زر‬ ‫و...
Page 584 ١٢٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ة دئ ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ - ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫د. أدر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ON/RUN ‫ت( أو و‬ ‫ )ا‬ACC ‫آ‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة؛ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ك‬ . ‫(، و ر‬ ‫...
Page 585 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٢ (OBD II) ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ CYBERSECURITY ‫ و‬OBD II ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫داء‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ل...
Page 586 ١٢١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ OBD II - ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ - إذا آ‬LaneSense ‫ء‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ذا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬...
Page 587 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٠ ‫ف‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫أ‬ (‫د‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) ECO ‫و‬ ‫ء‬ — ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ،‫ى‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ف...
Page 588 ١١٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا‬ ‫4( ا‬WD) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر ا وران ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ .١٣٤ ‫ا‬...
Page 589 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٨ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ،‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫رات‬ ‫ه...
Page 590 ١١٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ء ا‬ — ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫و د إ ر أو أآ‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫أن‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء...
Page 591 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٦ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ " ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ - LaneSense ‫م‬ ‫ي ص‬ ‫ء‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ى‬...
Page 592 ١١٥ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء آ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫وإذا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫( و‬ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ (ABS) ‫ا‬ ‫و...
Page 593 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٤ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ / ‫021 آ‬ ‫و...
Page 594 ١١٣ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫در‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ء أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ن‬ (ETC) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ار ع‬ ‫ه ا إ‬ ‫ء...
Page 595 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٢ • ‫ن ا ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة إذا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اء‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر أ ء ا م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ورات ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 596 ١١١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • • ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ 115 ‫رة‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ن ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا اد ، وا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫دد‬...
Page 597 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٠ • ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫ي ا و‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) Aux Switches Off Road ‫ا‬ Trip Info Compass ‫ا رة‬ ) None • (PIN ‫ )إ اد ر‬PIN Setup ‫ق‬...
Page 598 ١٠٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Driver Assist Vehicle Info ‫اد ا‬ Trip B Average Outside • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ Distance ‫ل‬ ) Econ ‫...
Page 599 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٨ • ، ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ودة اد‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ي ا و‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ادات‬Vehicle Settings Menu Title Exhaust ‫ )ا‬Oil Life Trans Temp .
Page 600: Messages Menu
١٠٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • :(ITBM) ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة‬ Trip A ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫و ر‬ ○ ‫إ اج ا ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ض‬ .(‫ب‬ ‫ )ا‬Trip B‫أ( و‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 601 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٦ • ○ • ‫ق‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫( — إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ) Oil Pressure ‫د( - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ) Fuel Filter Life ○ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ض ر‬ ‫ودة‬...
Page 602: Vehicle Info
١٠٥ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬Adaptive Cruise Control Off ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر...
Page 603 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٤ ○ • ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ً ‫4. ا‬ ‫ ) ا‬Trailer Tire Pressure Monitor ‫ا‬ ○ ) "Reset" ‫ر‬ (‫رة‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ Route Not / (‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ) Route Set (‫ر‬...
Page 604 ١٠٣ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • • ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ى‬ • ‫ً أو‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫م ا‬ • • ‫ر...
Page 605 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٢ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرار ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرار ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ة/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫1 — زر‬ ‫ر‬...
Page 606 ١٠١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ة ا س ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫أو‬ ○ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫س ا‬ ً ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إن دة ا‬ .١٠١ ‫ا‬ ○ ‫ارة‬...
Page 607 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٠ ‫ة‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ Digital ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة إ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة ا س ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫زر‬ ً ‫دي ا‬ .(‫ي‬ ) Analog ‫( إ‬...
Page 608 ٩٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ○ ‫ارة‬ ‫در‬ ‫س إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك )ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ً ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إن دة ا‬ ‫ا ى‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 609 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٨ ‫س‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 610 ٩٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫أو‬ ○ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ك )ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ً ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إن دة ا‬ ○ ‫د ا ورات‬ ‫ك‬...
Page 611 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٦ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 612 ٩٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ Mopar® Whitewall & Vinyl Top Mopar® Leather & ‫ وا ا /ا‬Cleaner .Vinyl Conditioner/Protectant...
Page 613 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٤ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫01. ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫8. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫9.
Page 614 ٩٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫6. ا د ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ر‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 615 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ :‫ات‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 616 ٩١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ○ ، ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ء‬ ‫دة ا‬ ً ‫م‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 617 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ َ ّ ن‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ث‬ ، ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 618 ٨٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ر‬ ‫أ م‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ُ ِ ّ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫م‬ ُ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ِ ّ ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا ُ ِ ّ إ‬ ‫ا...
Page 619 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٨ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ِ ّ ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ِ ّ ا‬ ‫ة إذا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ث إ‬ ،‫ام‬ ‫و ع ا‬ • • ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ .‫ًا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ •...
Page 620 ٨٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/إ ف‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫؛ و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ُ ّ ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫دة دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/إ ف‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إ‬ ) ‫ت‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا...
Page 621 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٦ ‫ج‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ • .‫رة‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ل ق‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ • .‫ت‬ ‫ج/ا‬ ‫ء و ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ RamBox ‫ث‬ • ‫ك دا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 622 ٨٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ - إذا آ‬RAMBOX ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫) ون‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫ا‬ — 1 ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أزل ا‬ ‫ا‬ —...
Page 623 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٤ ‫م‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا او ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ Uconnect 5/5 NAV .RamBox ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ . ً ‫أ ً أو رأ‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 624 ٨٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫َ ّ ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أر‬ — ( ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أوزان‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أب وا‬ ‫وق ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫)0001 ر‬...
Page 625 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٢ ‫أب‬ ‫وق ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫َ د َ رج ا‬ ‫ت َ د َ رج ا‬ ‫ة، اد‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ة أ ى‬ ‫َ د َ رج ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1 — ا‬ ‫1 — َ د َ رج ا‬ .‫ك‬...
Page 626 ٨١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وق‬ ‫د‬ ) ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫وق‬ ‫د‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ك ب ا‬ ‫أ‬ (‫ا زات‬ ‫إد ل‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ‬ (‫ا زات‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫آ أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ة ب ا‬ ‫ودة‬...
Page 627 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٠ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. أزل آ‬ ُ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و م‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫1. ا‬ ‫دون‬ ُ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 628 ٧٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫م آ‬ ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أ ء ر‬ • ‫ة، ا‬ ‫ق ب ا‬ ‫ك ذرا‬ ‫م‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة أ ى‬ ‫ة، ا‬ ‫ق ب ا‬ ‫إ‬...
Page 629 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٨ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح‬ ‫أ ء و د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ‬TILT ‫، ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ً ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬...
Page 630 ٧٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك ا‬ • ( ) OPEN ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ك‬...
Page 631 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٦ ‫ا و - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫، ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫، آ‬ ‫وث إ‬ . ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة. ا‬ ‫ة...
Page 632 ٧٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا و‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ً ‫ة ب ا اآ أ‬ ‫آ ة ب‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا د‬ ‫ال ا و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا ا إ إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا اآ‬ ‫أو‬...
Page 633: Apple Carplay
‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٤ • • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر )إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫: أآ‬ ‫ء أ‬ ‫ا‬ ً ّ َ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ه‬ ‫أن‬ ‫أ اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ود...
Page 634 ٧٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ :‫ة‬ ‫ة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ RamBox ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ل أي أ ء‬ • ‫)و رة 004 وات‬ ‫ل‬...
Page 635 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٢ ‫ل، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫004 وات ه ا‬ ‫ا رة ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫رآ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫004 وات‬ ‫ة...
Page 636 ٧١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫أي‬ ‫رة، آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ا رج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫رة. و‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫اف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫م‬...
Page 637 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٠ • USB ‫ا‬ ‫، و‬Mini-USB (Type C) ‫ا‬ “(Phone Name) now connected. ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ا‬ ‫ ا‬USB ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(، و‬Type A) ‫ن‬ ُ .Previous connection was lost” ‫ ه‬USB ‫ل ا‬ ‫آ ي ق ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 638 ٦٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫أي‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د أر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬...
Page 639 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٨ ‫ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. ار ا‬ Crew Cab ‫/ از‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫إ ء‬ — (Regular Cab ‫) از‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫04/06 إ‬ (‫1. ار و دة )و دات‬ ‫ل‬...
Page 640 ٦٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا‬ ‫دة ا ر‬ ‫، أزل‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫(، وار‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ، ‫أ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬...
Page 641 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٦ — ‫آ ي ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫آ ي ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫و ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ م‬ ‫أ‬ ‫وق‬ ‫اب اد . اد ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 642 ٦٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ، ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وق ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ل ا‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ًا.
Page 643 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٤ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ر. ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ (Floor Mode) ‫ا‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وث‬ ‫(. إذا أ‬ ‫ا...
Page 644 ٦٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا ّ ف‬VR ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وا‬ ً‫أ‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ع ا‬ .‫ا دة‬ ‫وإزا‬ ‫أداء‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن ا‬ • ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات در‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ا‬ •...
Page 645 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٢ ‫ا ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا اء‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أدر‬ ‫أو أدوات دة أو‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م أدوات‬ • ‫ب‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫و‬ .‫ا اء‬ .‫ة‬...
Page 646 ٦١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إزا ا‬Front Defrost ‫إ اد‬ ‫اء‬ ‫زر إ دة و ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وو‬ ‫إ اد‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أدر‬ ‫زر إ دة و ا اء‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 647 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٠ ‫ا ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫و‬ ‫ )ا‬MODE ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا اء‬ ‫ا اء ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا اء‬ ‫ب‬ ‫إزا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 648 ٥٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ارة و ِ ّ آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر إزا ا‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا زرق ا‬ ‫ )إزا‬Front Defrost ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ارة أ د‬ ‫در‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م ا ع ه ا‬ ‫إن‬...
Page 649 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٨ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫إ دة ا و أو‬ ‫و‬ • (‫ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬MAX A/C ‫إ اد‬ . ‫ذ‬ ‫، و إ‬ ‫وإزا ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أداء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة و‬ ‫ل...
Page 650 ٥٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة وو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ل ا‬ . ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ذاذ‬ ،(‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬RUN ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ة‬ ‫دورة‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ح ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ، ‫ره‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 651 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٦ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫، اد‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ء أ‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ .‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫اب...
Page 652 ٥٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫دي إدارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ءة إ‬ ‫/ا اءة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س. دي‬ ‫أ‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ءة أ‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ز دة‬ ‫إ‬...
Page 653 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٤ ‫/ا اءة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ً 60 ‫ة‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ل إدارة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء و‬ ً ‫ي أ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫، آ ء‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 654: Lane Change Assist
٥٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ك‬...
Page 655 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٢ ً ‫أو‬ ّ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ /‫)5 أ ل‬ / ‫8 آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ر‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ • Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ . ً ‫أ‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ة ا س أو‬ ‫أ‬...
Page 656 ٥١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫رة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا ؤ‬ ‫آ ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 657 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٠ ‫د ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ — ُ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ذا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫)إذا...
Page 658 ٤٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ة، ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫دة‬ .‫ً دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا ر‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 659 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٨ POWER CONVEX MIRROR ‫ح‬ ‫أو‬ ً ‫آ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫د رأس ا‬ ) ً‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ام‬...
Page 660 ٤٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ - ً ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫1 — ا‬ ً...
Page 661 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٦ ‫رة‬ ‫ات‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ ا ر‬LED ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫اء إ رات ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و ، ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ً‫و‬...
Page 662 ٤٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ . ‫ا ؤ‬ ‫ى‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬...
Page 663 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٤ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رات آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ؤ‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .١٨٥ ‫را‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫وث ذ‬ ‫د‬ / ‫)21 آ‬ /‫أ ل‬ .(‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ال‬ ‫رات...
Page 664 ٤٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ –– ‫ؤ ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض و‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رؤ‬ ‫ؤ ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ام...
Page 665 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٢ • — ‫ا و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وري إ اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ . ‫/ا وا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ة ا ؤ ا‬ •...
Page 666 ٤١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ح ا وا ت ا‬ ‫ا أس ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وزر ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا أس، ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫دة آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ،‫ا أس‬ ‫ا...
Page 667 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠ ‫ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫ا أس ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫م‬ ، ‫ا‬ ،‫ا آ ب‬ • ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دم أو‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ه إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫س‬...
Page 668 ٣٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ - ‫أو ع‬ ‫أر‬ ‫رأس‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 669 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ادات‬Uconnect Settings Easy Entry ‫ا‬ ،(Uconnect ‫ن‬ ‫ان ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ،‫ا ُ ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرار ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫وج ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Easy Exit‫( و‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫)ا‬...
Page 670 ٣٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وج ا‬ ‫ل/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ة أو‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ام‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار ع ا‬ ‫أو أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أي‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ل وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ا‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك...
Page 671 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫04-02-04 — إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وا ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ . ً ‫م...
Page 672 ٣٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫م‬ ‫ً ءا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ،‫ً وار ا راع‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب و ر ا راع. ر ع‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 673 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤ ‫ا ر )1( أو )2( و ر و‬ ‫4. ا‬ ‫أي زر‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫و‬ ) "Memory Profile Set" ‫ض ر‬ .‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ أو 1 أو 2( أ ء‬S) ‫أزرار ا اآ ة‬ ‫ن‬...
Page 674 ٣٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ذج ا اآ ة‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫، إ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ح إ ادات ذاآ ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫)أي‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ :‫أزرار‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا ب، و‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ )إ ف‬OFF ‫و‬...
Page 675 ‫ل إ‬ ‫2 — ا‬ • ‫آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ .(Ram ً ) "Hey Ram" ‫ا ر‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫زر إ ء ا‬ ‫3 — ا‬ .2 ‫ا اآ ة 1 أو‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 676 ٣١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬NAV ‫ر‬ ‫إذا رأ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Apps ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ .Uconnect 5 NAV ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫و د أ‬ ‫ا در‬ ‫ص‬...
Page 677 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٠ • ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا راع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫د‬ ‫ك‬ ،‫ا دة‬ ‫وا ة‬ ‫م و‬ ‫أ ء إ‬ ‫(، و‬ ‫إ ء ا‬ ‫)و‬...
Page 678 ٢٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م د ل‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ة ا س ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ، ً 1.5) ‫5 أ ام‬ ‫رة‬ ‫رج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أ اب ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ة‬ ‫رة...
Page 679 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٨ • ‫ح‬ ‫ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ُ ِ ّ ا‬ ‫ه ك‬ /‫ر‬ ‫ل ه ل ا‬ ‫ل ار اء ا زات، أو‬ ‫م‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أي‬ ‫( ا‬FOBIK) ‫ا‬ ‫/أو خ‬ ‫ل و د‬ ‫،...
Page 680 ٢٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫دون‬ ‫آ وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا ب أ ء و د‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫أ ل ا‬ ON/RUN ‫ت( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬ACC ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ — KEYLESS ENTER ‘N GO™ ‫ودة‬...
Page 681 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٦ ً‫ن و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫ام‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك أ ًا ا‬ • . ‫اب ا و‬ ‫أ ل ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ن...
Page 682 ٢٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ○ ‫رة - إذا آ‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ ، ‫ا ب ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 683 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤ • Remote Start Canceled — Hood Open - (MTC) ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ — ُ ‫) إ ء ء ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ Remote Start ‫ل ة‬ ‫ات‬...
Page 684 ٢٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ل ء‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫"أ‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ك إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫م ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ " ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ — إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ُ ا‬ ‫زر ء ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 685 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢ ‫ح‬ ‫، و ّ ك‬ ‫زر إ ء ا‬ ‫رة، ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ( ُ ‫ ) ء ا‬Remote Start ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ُ .(‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا رد وا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 686 ٢١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) ء ا‬START • ( ‫ا ا‬ ‫ن ا م‬ ) ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أ ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك ا‬ • ‫ون‬ ‫ل أو ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 687 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠ SENTRY KEY ‫ي آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ي آ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ي آ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫دو‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫أ ج‬ • ‫رة وذ‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬Sentry Key ُ ‫ا‬...
Page 688 ١٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ • ‫وق‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ر ، ه ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ، ‫ا ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫وً دا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ُ و‬ ‫أو...
Page 689 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ء ا‬unlock ‫زر‬ ‫ا و‬ .‫ وا ة‬CR2032 ‫ر‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫از ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫/ إ...
Page 690 ١٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ن‬ ،‫زر‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ك‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ا‬ . ً ‫أو ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ي‬ ،( / ‫)4 آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 691 ١٦ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ (‫د‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ) ECO ‫و‬ ‫ء‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢١ ١٢٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢١...
Page 692 ١٥ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )و‬WD Low ‫ء‬ ١١٩ ١١٩ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬TOW/HAUL ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD High ‫ء‬ ١١٩ ١١٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ء‬...
Page 693 ١٤ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ (4WD) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ار ع ا آ ب ا دي‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٨ ١١٧ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا آ ب ا دي‬ ‫ء‬...
Page 694 ١٣ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ء ا‬ ١١٦ ١١٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ /(MIL) ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٦ ١١٦ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬...
Page 695 ١٢ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٤ ١١٣ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫در‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٤ ١١٤ ‫رة‬ ‫ة أ ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 696 ١١ ‫ات‬ ‫ت/و ات ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ت/و ات‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 697 ١٠ ‫ه‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ت ه ا‬ ‫آ‬ . ‫أي و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫أي إ‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اءات ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫زم‬ ‫أن‬ ‫، آ‬ ‫رة...
Page 698 ٩ ، ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ً ‫ة. آ وا‬ ‫ ا‬Ram ‫رة‬ ‫اء‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫رة وا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫. إن ا‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫رات ا آ ب ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أ آ وإ ز‬...
Page 699 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٨ ٣٧٤ ... ‫ك ا‬ — ‫د‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة ى‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫در ت‬ ‫وزارة ا‬ ٣٦٦ ......‫ات‬...
Page 700 ٧ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٣٣٠ ......‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ذات‬ ٢٨٩ ....‫ل‬...
Page 701 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٦ ٢٤٢ ......‫ا‬ ٢٠٦ .. . ‫ا ا‬ ‫از‬ ‫ا‬...
Page 702 ٥ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ١٧١ ..ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫ض‬ ١٤٤ .. . ‫وا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ١٢٩ ....‫آ...
Page 703 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٤ ١٢١ ... ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ - ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ٩٠ ....‫ن...
Page 704 ٣ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٥١ ..‫ء ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ٤٢ ....... . ‫ا‬...
Page 705: Keyless Enter-N-Go
‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٢ ٣١ ....‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وا‬ - ‫رة‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ٢٥ ....‫ا...
Page 706 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٩ ..................١٧...
Page 708 .Google ‫ عالمة تجاریة مسجلة لصالح شركة‬Google Play Store ‫ وتعد‬Apple Inc. ‫ عالمة تجاریة مسجلة لصالح شركة‬App Store ‫. تعد‬FCA US LLC ‫ عالمة تجاریة مسجلة لصالح شركة‬Ram ‫ لعام 3202. كل الحقوق محفوظة. تعد‬FCA US LLC ‫حقوق النشر ©...

RAM 3500 2024 Owner's Manual

Quick Links

Need help?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for RAM 3500 2024

Summary of Contents for RAM 3500 2024